Home

OWNER`S MANUAL - Ryedale Garages

1. NOTICE Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water Press the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in off road condi tions such as sand mud or water see Maintenance under severe usage conditions in section 7 Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use especially cleaning the bottom of the vehicle Since the driving torque is always applied to the 4 wheels the perform ance of the 4WD vehicle is greatly affected by the condition of the tyres Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tyres of the same size and type A full time four wheel drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving N CAUTION Mud or snow If one of the front or rear wheels begins to spin in mud snow etc the vehicle can sometimes be driv en out by depressing the accelera tor pedal further however avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could damage the 4WD system Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle SUV SUV s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off road applications Specif
2. OSLO50011R Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Driving your vehicle X NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops Ist gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up pos
3. A The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ i 7 according to engine option and region 2345 61m ra had OSL040065C Q OSL040064 Q Features of your vehicle OSL040034R Instrument panel illumination if equipped Type A When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on press the illumination control switch to adjust the instrument panel illumination intensity Type B The instrument cluster illumination inten sity can be adjusted by pressing the con trol switch with the headlight switch in any position when the ignition switch is in the ON position OSL040036 OSL040036C OSL040036N OSL040035 0SL040035C OSL040035N Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour E Type A e Petrol e Diesel e Petrol e Diesel OSL040039 Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine Features of your vehicle When the door is opened or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in the ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running A CAUTION Do not operate the engine w
4. Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Power steering pump belt and hoses if equipped Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Inspect the power steering belt or drive belt for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper ten sion Replace or adjust it if necessary Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant if equipped Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L CAUTION e Do not overfill the engine oil It may damage the engine e Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil If you dr
5. OSL040073R Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel if equipped Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle OSL040074 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air If you select the AC the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically OSL040075 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button Recirculated air position Yoo With the recirculated air on s position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the windscreen an
6. gt ee gt PO0ORTAGE gt gt OWNER S MANUAL KIA MOTORS The Power to Surprise KIA THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors 1s dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations At all of our Kia dealerships you will be treated with warmth hospitality and professionalism by people who care based on our Family like Care promise All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Enjoy your vehicle and Kia s Family like Care experience FOREWORD S Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle When you require service remember that your dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained technicians recommended special tools genuine KIA replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete sat isfaction Because subsequent owners require this important infor mation as well this publication should remain with the
7. press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved have it checked by an autho rised KIA dealer In addition if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position after the dri ver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a situation close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop NOTICE If the steering wheel doesn t unlock properly the ENGINE START STOP button will not work Press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension Driving your vehicle CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation whilst the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the
8. 750 750 750 1653 1653 1900 1600 1600 2000 1600 With brake System 4189 3527 3527 4409 3527 Maximum permissible static vertical load on 80 80 176 176 176 176 176 the coupling device kg Ibs 983 Recommended distance from rear wheel centre to coupling point mm inch 38 7 For Australia Petrol Engine Diesel Engine Without brake 750 750 750 System 1653 5 1653 5 1653 5 Maximum trailer weight kg Ibs 1600 1600 1600 With brake System 3527 4 3527 4 3527 4 Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device kg Ibs Recommended distance from rear wheel centre to coupling point mm inch 200 200 200 440 9 440 9 440 9 983 38 7 M T Manual transaxle A T Automatic transaxle Driving your vehicle Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01JM Weight of the trailer What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02JM Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important w
9. Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an autho rised KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator WARNING Coolant e Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir e Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage the paint and body trim Maintenance BRAKE FLUID _ If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an autho rised KIA dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci ties in section 8 Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around guaranteed It should be properly the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent disposed Don t put in the wrong brake fluid contamination kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as eng
10. Defogging logic To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windscreen the air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to certain condi tions such as lt amp or W position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the following OSL040093 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position W 3 Press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 seconds of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status OSL040094 Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button W 3 Whilst pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake con trol button at least 5 times within 3 sec onds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 seconds of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store s
11. Do not change alter or adjust the immobiliser system because it could cause the immobiliser sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorised KIA dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobiliser system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED OAM049097L The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked Unlock 2 All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked However after pressing this button the doors and tailgate will lock automatical ly unless you open any door within 30 seconds Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked After depressing this button the tailgate will be locked automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will be locked automatical
12. Driving in very cold weather Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions a O EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorised KIA dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Maintenance a __ Vapour hose and fuel filler cap The vapour hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in th
13. e f the windscreen fogs up set the mode to the lt 3 or 47 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windscreen Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind screen set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All KIA Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the temperature con trol to the MAX A C position then
14. ly to die than a person wearing a seat belt Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with tyres designed to provide safe ride and handling capability Do not use a size and type of tyre and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and perform ance of your vehicle which could lead to steering failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tyres be sure to equip all four tyres with the tyre and wheel of the same size type tread brand and load carrying capacity If you never theless decide to equip your vehi cle with any tyre wheel combina tion not recommended by KIA for off road driving you should not use these tyres for highway driving WARNING Jacked vehicle Whilst the full time 4WD vehicle is being raised on a jack never start the engine or cause the tyres to rotate There is the danger that rotating tyres touching the ground could cause the vehicle to go off the jack and to jump forward Driving your vehicle e Full time 4WD vehicles must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer x NOTICE Never engage the parking brake whilst performing these tests pS A e A full time 4WD vehicle should not be Temporary free roller tested on a 2WD roll tester If a 2WD Roll tester speedometer roll tester must be used perform the OXM059025 followi
15. s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings Specifications amp Consumer information 6 5 6 7 6 87 7 08 US qt Petrol Engine 6 7 6 8 1 7 00 7 19 US qt Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water 6 8 7 0 1 7 19 7 40 US qt Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum 8 5 8 98 US qt radiator Diesel Engine 8 4 1 8 88 US at Brake fluid 0 7 0 8 0 7 08 US qt FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 a HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL 5 SAE 75W 90 Rear differential oil 4WD 0 65 0 69 US qt SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL 5 SAE 75W 90 SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent Fuel 55 14 53 US gal Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 Transfer case oil 4WD 0 6 0 63 US qt Specifications amp Consumer information Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads
16. 90 105 120 Fuel lines hoses and connections CULE EE EE CLC Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 3 This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel lt EN590 or equivalent gt If the diesel fuel specifications don t meet the EN590 it must be replaced more frequently KIA recommends every 7 500km inspection every 15 000km replacement If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised KIA dealer for details Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 9 Kmx1 000 15 30 60 75 90 105 120 Inspect Coolant level adjustment and leak every day MAINTENANCE ITEM Cooling system ae including hoses and cap At first inspect 60 000 km or 48 months after that inspect every 30 000 km or 24 months have coolant At first replace at 210 000 km or 120 months after that replace every 30 000 km or 24 months Battery condition All electrical systems including the light bulbs and switches Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal
17. Compact spare tyre replacement T 7 58 Coolant erriei ee EESE EEEE 7 37 Cooling fluid see engine coolant eseese T37 Crankcase emission control system eeeeeererereeeeereeeeeee 7 91 Cruise control SYSTEM DE 5 47 Cup holder sss sssssssssarsvesesevormenrnsssessonsvorsesensseannasanes 4 108 Curtain air bag ee E 3 52 Do O Dashboard see instrument cluster seeeeeeeeee eee eeee este eenes 4 42 Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 43 Defogging Windsreen sseisnsssassesversasisinsceasaaen 4 10 Defogging logic Windsreen ssssseessseesseessnenaees 4 103 Defroster Rear window stiwnsseancenanterreneuntcanien 4 83 Defrosting Windsreen ss sssesoeessssevssosesssosnaneessavas 4 101 Digital Clock ssssssssssssassasossssavavonssnensnsaesteavavencavasastonanvaeas 4 110 Dinen ons eos teen siesta E reese eeeeccoecaneecennse 8 9 Displays see instrument cluster ssssssssssssssesssssseseseeeeeo 4 42 O_O eae Index Display illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 42 Door NGC les sete see sete tarp teas occet ret coed A E 4 15 Central door lock switch rr eeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeetsteaeees 4 17 Child protector rear door lock seessesssssisssassuss 4 18 Downhill brake control DBC srsiccanaenaniancerarceateneress 5 42 Drinks holders see cup holders sstsevsssssesseensiene 4 108 Driver s air bag a E 3 48 Driving at might issssosssssssssssvesonisonssessvarsi
18. Do not place objects into the rear seats since they cannot be proper ly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision A WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadver tently moved to another position WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage
19. POWER POWER 25 OUTLET 1 OUTLET 1 Front Power Outlet RH SMART SMART 26 KEY 1 KEY 1 Smart Key Control Module BCM A C Control Module Digital Clock Audio Amp Power Outside Mirror Switch a MCE SON Blower Motor Sunroof Control Module Instrument Cluster IND Alternator Telltale Lamp BCM Digital Clock 28 10A CLUSTER CLUSTER _ A C Control Module Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch Driver CCS Control Module 29 ow IGNITION 2A Smart Key Control Module BCM ICM Relay Box Rear Wiper Relay 2p osa OO pee ume Rear Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper A C Control Module Cluster lonizer Rain Sensor Sunroof Motor 31 10A IGNITION 2B Electro Chromic Mirror Diesel Box PTC Heater Relay 2 3 E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 1 Blower Relay 32 20A POWER POWER Front Power Outlet LH Rear Power Outlet OUTLET 2 OUTLET 2 Front Cigarette Lighter LH 33 a AIR BAG SRS Control Module Maintenance No Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component FRT FRONT SEAT n 34 WARMER Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch RR REAR SEAT l 36 7 5A tt a A C Control Module Auto CONDITIONER 37 om Gy pme Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror A C Control Module Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel No Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component 1 I P Junction Box Fuse F15 F16 F17 F19 IPS Control Module IPS 4 IPS 5 IPS 6 IPS 7 LO ABS2 ESP Control Module ABS Control Module F
20. clutch pedal if equipped Parking brake Brake clutch fluid Vi i Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 4 Inspect the cooling system every 500 km or before starting a long trip When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage 6 For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Disc brakes and pads a ee ee m Power steering fluid and hoses D O E I E l Steering gear rack linkage and boots E n E E LZ hh Tyre pressure amp tread wear Em OO EM Front suspension ball joints ee o E O E l Bolt and nuts on chassis and body D O O O O O Air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped ae O E e O Cc Climate control air filter if equipped PR R R R R R R R Manual transaxle fluid if equipped lll OS M Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped No check no service required Transfer case oil 4WD Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 7 Manual transaxle fluid transfer cas
21. e Push the lens to turn the map lamp on The light will turn on and off as follow if or off This light produces a spot beam the switch is moved for convenient use as a map lamp at e ON The light stays on at all times night or as a personal lamp for the driv e OFF The light stays off at all times er and the front passenger e DOOR The light comes on when any door is opened or the ignition switch is turned OFF if equipped The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed or the ignition switch is turned OFF However if all doors are locked or the ignition switch is turned ON the light will turn off immediately e DOOR The light comes on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the light comes on for approxi mately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately lf a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously Interior light welcome function if equipped When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and tail gate are locke
22. if equipped Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows E Type A OSL040111R Hour 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time displayed by one hour Minute 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time displayed by one minute To change the 24 hour format to the 12 hours format if equipped whilst press ing the H button press the M button for 3 seconds or more For example if the H and M buttons are pressed for more than 3 seconds whilst the time is 22 15 the display will change to 10 15 Features of your vehicle OSL040112 The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Clothes hanger if equipped CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop do not hang sharp or dangerous things except clothes E OSL040241 The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Floor mat anchor s if equipped When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle e Ensure that the floor mats are secu
23. ssssssssssvessesesviavossassnennnseavavasoaoncaneas 5 60 Transaxle Automatic transaxle eessssssssssssssesesssseseseesssessesseseesseeee 5 17 Manual rancaxle eri rennin ERARA 5 14 Trip of 00 0 0 Wo Meee 4 45 Tripmeter E a a a E 4 45 Index eee Turn signal light bulb replacement eere 7 78 Tyre specification and pressure label eeerereereeereerrerreeeee 8 8 Tyres and wheels senesi iaia 7 53 8 3 Checking tyre inflation pressure esee 7 54 Compact spare tyre replacement EEEE ERE EE EEE ENERE 7 58 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures 7 53 D CALE a 7 53 Tyre maintenance ssssssssssssessesssssesesseesesesocsssesseesesseees 7 58 Tyre replacement iene 7 57 Tyre ECGS ee ee ee 7 55 Tyre sidewall labeling sstesssisesssseesenssessascareseass 7 59 Tyre Tene eo ee Ce ee ree 7 58 Wheel alignment and tyre balance eeeeeeereeeereeee 7 56 Wheel replacement sssssssoesivsssssssararserertoassssaananas 7 58 V Vehicle break in process sssessssssssesssssssvesssensesaveasienas 1 6 Vehicle certification labe eeeeeeeeereeeeceeeeeeeeseteeeeeeeeees e7 Vehicle handling instructiongeesesstsiessstseissiisesinsastnosss 1 6 Vehicle identification number VIN eeereeeerererrereerreeeee 8 7 Vehicle Weight sssssusssesssssearesssressorsesrsrvssssssosossasasenentans 5 68 Base kerb weight ssssssessseasssssvesaseasiennsensavacanencans 5 68 Cargo Weight r ssesvssevsenssentssvssnvsnnnsevasastsnsteavarasoacnes 5 68 GAW Gross axl
24. whilst the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving safety Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Parking brake Applying the parking brake Foot type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible Hand type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then pull up the park ing brake lever as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park posi tion on automatic transaxle vehicles CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Driving your vehicle If the p
25. 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Door ajar warning light Seat belt warning light i High beam indicator 6 Light on indicator Turn signal indicator Front fog light indicator ISL Ls Leb 1d io Rear fog light indicator ABS warning light S So Air bag warning light 2 Tailgate open warning light OVO Parking brake amp Brake fluid BRA a warning light ESP ESC indicator ESP ESC OFF indicator J Engine oil pressure warning light 4WD system warning light awe 4 VD LOCK indicator LOCK Charging system warning light Malfunction indicator Immobiliser indicator esis Cruise indicator For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 1 Some countries use the term ESC Electronic stability control instead of ESP Please refer to the term your country use G Cruise SET indicator DBC indicator Low fuel level warning light Sean Ohift pattern indicator a Y T Key out warning light KE OU Overspeed warning light Glow indicator Diesel only Fuel filter warning light Diesel only SEE if equipped Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button 2 4 15 2
26. 25A RH POWER Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH WINDOW RH Passenger Power Window Switch RH LH POWER WINDOW LH Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch LH Maintenance Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component ROOM BCM A C Control Module Digital Clock Instrument Cluster IND Luggage Lamp LAMP Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch Room Lamp Driver Passenger Vanity Lamp Overhead Console MAP Lamp Switch 14 EET PDM B PDM B Smart Key Control Module FOB Holder Start Stop Button Switch Door Lock Unlock Relay Tail Gate Relay Ue oa a DOOR LOCK icm Relay Box Dead Lock Relay REAR FOG i7 LAMP ICM Relay Box Rear Fog Lamp Relay 18 EREE PDM A Smart Key Control Module 19 10A START E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 4 Start Burglar Alarm Relay Smart Key Control Module Stop Lamp Switch G4KD G4KE EPS Control Module ATM Shift Lever ILL 20 an MODULE IG1 4WD ECM Head Lamp Levelling Devicer LH RH Head Lamp Levelling Devicer Actuator LH RH IPS Control Module ON START Input aes FUSE amp 21 ae UH BOX RELAY aes Engine Room Fuse amp Relay Box FUSE F23 F24 F25 o AIR BAG 23 mes SMART KEY 2 Smart Key Control Module Maintenance No Fuse rating Symbol Fuse Name Protected component 24 25A V FRONT Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper WIPER E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 12 Front Wiper LO RLY 13 Wiper Rain Sensor Relay
27. 93 Manual heating and air conditioning eeeeeee eee 4 94 2 Automatic transaxle paren he ence orenesnenqnnsensaciereaptaoeneesendioenies 5 17 Ignition key interlock SYSTEM erttrttrreessrrrssrereerreeeeeeees 5 21 Shift lock systerin 5 20 Sports mO Eae e EERE 5 19 B B Ko tee eee eee 7 51 Battery saver function sssssssssssssseesssesssesescesssossseseeeseeseeeo 4 66 Before driving e ea ER E E 5 3 Ole Oo niinen k E E aE REEERE 4 26 Bottle holders see cup holders s ssesessrsssesensnsaees 4 108 Peed EEEN E AA T EE 7 40 Brake SYSTEM Ree 5 30 Anti lock brake system ABS ssesssssssesssnesssaeas 5 33 Downhill brake control OBC se ristiersenecerergarnionen vers 5 42 Electronic stability program ESP ESC ereere 5 35 Parking brakcess s sissssvsssvssssssvesestsesassvensssenesasevavavassasens 5 3 Power brakes eeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeesesenneaeeeeeeeeeseesaaees 5 30 Bulb replacement eierens a eireas 7 76 Front fog light bulb replacement 7 79 Headlight bulb replacement errereen TaT High mounted stop light replacement ereere 7 83 Interior light bulb replacement 7 84 License plate light bulb replacement ereere 7 83 Position light bulb replacement 1 teers 7 78 Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 80 Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 79 Turn signal light bulb replacement 7 78 Bulb N21 f oc amp 2 Button sta
28. BATTERY For best battery service a Se OLM079019R Keep the battery securely mounted Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables AX WARNING Battery AR P gt dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention Continued Maintenance Continued X If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention imme diately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the e
29. Electric power steering if equipped Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorised KIA dealer Features of your vehicle x NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illumi nate The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnos tics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition e Aclick noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position e Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the no
30. Outside rearview mirror folding SUITOR EAE E E E E ae 4 41 3 Outside rearview mirror control SWI E E a N RA 4 40 4 Central door lock switch 4 17 5 Power window lock button 4 25 6 Power window switches 0 4 22 7 Head lamp levelling device 4 72 8 Instrument panel illumination control SW E a a E E 4 43 9 AWD lock DURON a a eee 5 23 NO BDBC DUHOM eee a eee 5 42 11 ESP OFF ESC OFF bution 2 5 35 12 Steering wheel tilt control 4 36 13 Steering Wheel ss25 ieee secre sere 4 35 14 FUSE DOX Ta as esc a ee en E 7 63 15 Bonnet release lever 00000 4 26 MOSCA EA E a E a SA 3 2 17 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 28 HOMAGE Nile E a E E er ee ree 4 86 if equipped t Some countries use the term ESC Electronic stability control instead of ESP Please refer to the term your country use OSLO010001R Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Lighting controls Turn signals 4 67 2 Steering wheel audio controls 4 116 3 Instrument clUStef ceea eee sete 4 42 ral Op e ere nner a err torr err 4 37 5 Drivers front air bag se vecene cess esyeeeseen 3 46 6 Auto cruise Controls eeeree eee ee 5 46 7 Wiper Washer switch ccccccsseeeees 4 74 8 ENGINE START STOP button 5 8 oO Digital ClOCK is ct ee eee eee 4 110 NOW AUCH OI e sar snemeaimr
31. The use of biofu els exceeding 7 made from rapeseed methyl ester RME fatty acid methyl ester FAME vegetable oil methyl ester VME etc or mixing diesel exceeding 7 with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty CAUTION e Never use any fuel whether diesel or B7 biodiesel or other wise that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification e Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recom mended or approved by the vehi cle manufacturer Introduction i eS Biodiesel for New Zealand Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7 biodiesel commonly known as B7 Diesel may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications EN stands for European Norm The use of biofu els exceeding 7 made from rapeseed methyl ester RME vegetable oil methyl ester VME etc or mixing diesel exceed ing 7 with biodiesel will cause increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty CAUTION e Never use any fuel whether diesel or B7 biodiesel or other wise that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification e Never use an
32. Valve 4 10A SENSOR 1 EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve Diesel Box RLY 1 PTC Heater Relay Diesel 1 Electrical VGT Actuator E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 3 Cooling Fan Low Relay RLY 9 Cooling Fan High Relay Petrol Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser 5 EEE m Eou S Ecu a ECM 6 O FPUMP FIPUMP FUEL PUMP PUMP RLY 2 Fuel Pump Relay RLY 2 Fuel Pump Relay E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 3 Cooling Fan Low Petrol Relay PCM Oxygen Sensor Up Down 74 SENSOR 4 Diesel Immobiliser Module Rail Pressure Regulator Valve Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve RLY 2 Fuel Pump Relay 8 RLY 3 A C Relay Injector 1 2 3 4 10A SENSOR 3 RLY 3 A C Relay Crankshaft Position Sensor Lambda Sensor Petrol 9 10A SENSOR 2 Stop Lamp Switch Maintenance eme compartment sub fuse panel Diesel Engine o eas Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Protected Relay Relay Symbol Relay Type 5 Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorised KIA dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle X NOTICE Afte
33. a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot oper ate normally WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat whilst the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel whilst maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 25 cm 10 inches away from the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle 44 WARNING Rear seatbacks e The rear seatback must be secure ly latched If not passengers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Lu
34. aa eo are some rules to follow sabes e Do you have to make any holes in the mH body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove HOLE CTR Section cut A A the hitch ie If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water e The bumpers on your vehicle are not e Right side intended for hitches Do not attach j j i j i rental hitches or other bumper type hitches Use only a frame mounted BRKT RR BUMPER MTG hitch that does not attach to the ua bumper e KIA trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorised KIA dealer SIDE VIEW HOLE CTR MEMBER RR FLOOR SIDE TH 1 6 BRKT RR TOWING HOOK TH 2 3 HOLE CTR HOLE CTR Section cut B B Scale 1 2 o Qe HOLE CTR HOLE CTR SIDE VIEW OSL050040L OSL050040R O1 ese A O Driving your vehicle Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes
35. ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries Gn 4 OSL030039 i a k f F f y OLM032310N Side impact 2 air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact e The side impact air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side NOTICE If equipped with rollover sensor Also both sides of the side impact air bags deploy in certain rollover situa tions e The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bag
36. additives will result in a limitation of your warranty rights Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used in your vehicle If two types of diesel fuel are available use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following tem perature conditions e Above 5 C 23 F fuel e Below 5 C 23 F fuel Summer type diesel Winter type diesel Watch the fuel level in the tank very care fully If the engine stops through fuel fail ure the circuits must be completely purged to restart CAUTION e Do not let any petrol or water enter the tank This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine e In winter in order to cut down incidents due to freezing paraffin oil may be added to the fuel if the temperature drops below 10 C 14 F Never use more than 20 paraffin oil N CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7 biodiesel commonly known as B7 Diesel may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications EN stands for European Norm
37. be controlled automatically by setting the temperature 2 Set the temperature switch to the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button e Air conditioning button e Front windscreen defroster button e Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually whilst other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 22 C 71 F 23 C 73 F Except Europe OSLO40080 Xx NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob s other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob s selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Na Cooling a 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed
38. blink Features of your vehicle Malfunction indicator light MIL check engine light if equipped This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates whilst driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates whilst driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer promptly CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy A CAUTION Petrol engine If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspect ed as soon as possible by an autho rised KIA dealer N CAUTION Diesel engine If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light blinks some error rel
39. body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt if equipped NOTICE if equipped with rollover sensor The pre tensioner will activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision or rollover if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag NOTICE without rollover sensor The pre tensioner will activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag 3 2 8KMB3311 Q H The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly Driver side if equipped Safety features of your vehicle X NOTICE When the pre tensioner
40. button clockwise to display the songs next to the currently played song Turn the button counterclockwise to dis play the songs before the currently played song Press the button to skip and play the selected song 13 DISC Button e Preset Change Button Changes disc to the previous disc e Preset Change Button Changes disc to the next disc Features of your vehicle PA760SLG_USB Using USB device 1 KLE Button USB If USB is connected it switches to the USB mode from the other mode to play the song files stored in the USB If no CD and auxiliary device is not connected it displays NO Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 WLAS Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 HEE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate A RDM mode e RDM Only files in a folder are played back in a random sequence e A RDM All files in a USB memory are played back in t
41. can adjust the direction of air The temperature will decrease to the delivery from these vents using the vent minimum Lo by turning the knob to the control lever as shown extreme left When turning the knob the temperature will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature set ting the air conditioning will operate con tinuously Features of your vehicle OSL040084 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Also if the passenger side temperature control switch is operat ed it will automatically change to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the right temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Operate the left temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HI or lowest Lo temper ature setting the DUAL mode is deacti vated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side 2 Operate the driver side temperature control switch The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol low
42. cold weather Driving in sandy areas More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F Maintenance intervals Driving condition Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E F G Inspect more frequently depending on the condition oo Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D G H Inspect more frequently C DEF G depending on the condition H I K Inspect more frequently CEG depending on the condition Every 120 000 km Every 120 000 km C DEG HLK C D E G H K Driving in mountainous areas Towing a trailer Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle tow ing Driving in very cold weather Driving over 170 km h Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first ee ee e M e E 96 MAINTENANCE pin i e a 80 ITEM o M o N i Drive belts Bonea maca a RL a RR Engine oil and engine Replace every 5 000 km or 6 months oil filter Replace every 5 000 km or 6 months For Middle Fast OL 2 4L 2 2 0L 2 4L 4L Replace every 10 000 km or 12 months For China India l l Middle East Air cleaner filter Except China India Middle East 1 6b 0 Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles Spark plugs 2 0L E 2 4L Replace every
43. comes heme toatatecnasanapiesen A E teoumtacaicesaseaias 6 6 Owner maintenance eee eens ve ahinsi ak cenasceasiwessewentiveneninnsedan ives 7 6 B Panorama sunroof e sssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssssssssssesseesrreeeee AD Parking brake inspect sssssssesssesssnsessnsssosssosesnsnsseanns 7 42 Parking brake aar a 5 3 Passengers front air bag errenneren t depi 3 48 Position light bulb replacement sssssosseossserassees 7 78 Pawe ee E E 5 30 Veins Moc ot oo ec ee ee 4 108 Power steering E EE E A E 4 35 Power steering fluid s ssssosessssssssessossavessesesseenaneaavanas 7 41 Power window lock button rr s 1eeeeeeerteeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 25 Pre tensioner seat belt eeesssssssssssssseessessesessessessssssseseseeeeo 3 25 Push starting E T 6 5 R Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 80 Rear parking assist SYSTEM oe 4 62 Rai T T wastes tt orc E A E E T E 3 12 Rearview camera o eeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssssssssssesesssrererreeeees 4 64 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures eee 7 53 Recommended lubricants and capacities eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number eseeeeee 8 6 Index re Remote keyless O08 0 eee 4 6 eee seat CC ee eee 3 12 Road warming eean A 6 2 Saat a AIA NEEE E E 3 9 Rocking the vehicle aeree 5 52 Seatback pocket sssssssssovevessansssnsavassvounansseuneaavaease 3 11 Rool EK oE ANE E ENEE EES 4 114 Shift lock systema ssstessessvessnssss
44. conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active X NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly Driving your vehicle ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in operation ESC OFF state e When the ignition is turned the ESC indicator light blinks eTo cancel ESC operation 7 ON ESC and ESC OFF indi ee When the Electronic Stability press the ESC OFF button cator lights illuminate for Control is operating properly a ESC OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds you can feel a slight pulsation minates then ESC is turned on in the vehicle This is only the e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESC OFF button effect of brake control and to LOCK position when ESC for at least half a second after indicates nothing unusual is off ESC remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn e Wh
45. disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Mobile phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the US
46. down Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle whilst you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km And all doors will be automatically unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped Deadlock system if equipped Some vehicles are equipped with a deadlocking system Deadlock
47. e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been AX WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake whilst the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly CAUTION WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued whilst maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident Do not operate the parking brake
48. front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle m Type A Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the passengers of the potential risk of the air bag system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk of children We also want you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to that have been described in previous pages ___OSL030054 Keys 4 3 Remote keyless entry 4 6 Smart key 4 8 Theft alarm system 4 12 Door locks 4 15 Tailgate 4 20 Windows 4 22 Bonnet 4 26 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 28 Panorama su
49. gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire OSL030002 H Front seat adjustment manual Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OSL030004 H Seat height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat pull the lever upwards or push it downwards e To lower the seat cushion push the lever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times Front seat adjustment power if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the out side of the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instru
50. has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESP ESC indicator light or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked X NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC x NOTICE if equipped e The HAC does not operate when the A vehicle has the tendency to slip back transaxle shift lever is in the P Park on a steep hill when it starts to go after or N Neutral position stopping The Hill start Assist Control The HAC activates even though the HAC prevents the vehicle from slipping ESP ESC is off but it does not acti back by operating the brakes automati vate when the ESP ESC has mal cally for about 2 seconds The brakes are functioned released when the accelerator pedal is depressed or after about 2 seconds OSL050016R Downhill brake control DBC if equipped The Downhill Brake Control DBC sup ports the driver come down a steep hill without the driver depressing the brake pedal It slows down the vehicle under 8 km h 5mph and lets the driver concen trate on steering the vehicle DBC defaults to the OFF
51. head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a win dow Do not allow children play with the power windows Keep the dri vers door power window lock button in the LOCK position pressed Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child Do not extend heads or any limbs outside the window whilst the vehicle is in motion Features of your vehicle BONNET OSL040017 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the 3 Pull out the support rod 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the bonnet slightly pull up the secondary 4 Hold the bonnet opened with the sup bonnet The bonnet should pop open latch 1 inside of the bonnet centre port rod slightly and lift the bonnet 2 Opening the bonnet WARNING Hot parts A WARNING Open the bonnet after turning off the engine on a flat surface shift ing the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber The plastic will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot Features of your vehicle Closing the bonnet 1 Before closing the bonnet check the following e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine co
52. in th d i 5 Replace the fuse with a new one of the Reins in the reverse order o same rating rN 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal NOTICE If the multi fuse or main fuse is blown consult an authorised KIA dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Inner fuse panel Engine Sea e BO aUe X NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Main fuse X The actual feature may differ from the illustration OSL070026R OLM079053R OLM079027 OLM079028 Maintenance Inner fuse panel Instrument ee a reer Symbol Protected component a POWER Audio CONNECTOR RF ANTENNA 2 7 5A RF_ANT POWER RF RECEIVER CONNECTOR SAFETY 3 A Rev a Driver Safety Power Window Module P SEAT DRIVER POWER p 4 20A Driver Seat Manual Switch m DRV SEAT i cane 5 10A MODULE MODULE Multipurpose Check Connector Driver CCS Switch Data Link Connector B B Rear Parking Assist Buzzer Power Outside Mirror Switch 6 osa oO SUNROOF Sunroof Motor Sunroof Control Module 8 ATM ATM 7 5A ATM Shift Lever Key Solenoide Os K LOCK KEY LOCK i 10A CORNERING CORNERING LAMP LAMP SEAT SEAT 15A Driver CCS Cushion Warmer Oa VENT VENTILATION a
53. instructions on how to use the roller blind To open or close the sunroof manual slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position Pulling the control lever downward also closes the sunroof To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide open automatically all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Features of your vehicle OSL040024 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed whilst the sunroof is closing automat ically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof open the roller blind refer to the following page for instructions on how to use the roller blind To open the sunroof push the sunroof control lever upward To close
54. is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released whilst the engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution whilst operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop W 75 Anti lock brake system ABS WARNING ABS or ESP will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving manoeuvres Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for vehicle equipped with an anti lock braking Electronic Stability system or Program System may be longer than for those without it in the fol lowing road conditions During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds e Rough gravel or snow covered roads e With tyre chains installed Continued Continued e On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height The safety features of an ABS or ESP equipped vehicle should not b
55. locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly x NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly 5 AS 3 OLM039026 ie Height adjustment front You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position Safety features of your vehicle f B200A02NF H m p a m r r 1 B210A01NF 1 H To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 on the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then t
56. ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer m Front E 3 Install the towing hook by turning it gency without wheel dollies i clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 4 Remove the towing hook and install 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N the cover after use Neutral 3 Release the parking brake CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OSL060011 Removable towing hook if equipped 1 Open the tailgate and remove the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper What to do in an emergency E Front OSL060012 OSL060013 Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorised KIA dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook on the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speed Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all b
57. more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_ CAR to JOHNS CAR or KMC CAR 1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your mobile carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth system is enabled the phone previously used is automati cally selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then SELECT in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook lf you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then DELETE in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempt
58. necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Maintenance intervals ivi iti A B C D F Engine oil and engine oil filter Every 7 500 km or 6 months GHILK l Replace more frequently Air cleaner filter i x C E depending on the condition Replace more frequently SPAIK PUJE OR depending on the condition oei Rear differential oil 4WD O R Every 120 000 km C D E G I K H Transfer case oil 4WD O R Every 120 000 km C DEGILFKH Inspect more frequently k link Steering gear rack linkage and boots a dasardiie om tae cacian C D EF G Propeller shaft if equipped Every 15 000kmor 12 months 15 000 km or 12 Every 15 000kmor 12 months Inspect more frequentl Front suspension ball joints P TRL CDEFRG depending on the condition Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance intervals ivi iti Inspect more frequent Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors R K i y C DEGH depending on the condition Inspect more frequently Pargo Dias zw depending on the condition oo Driveshaft and boots neper he pequenyy C D EFH depending on the condition l Replace more frequently Climate control air filter if equipped ORO depending on the condition C E Manual transaxle fluid ORO Every 120 000 km C DE Grr ilk ACOD ETE Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 100 000 km GHIK 7 Severe driving conditions More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot A Repeated short distance driving weather a
59. of leaded petrol is same with unleaded one Introduction ii Petrol containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of petrol and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and petrol or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being mar keted along with or instead of leaded or unleaded petrol Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use petrol or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur er s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Petrol or gasohol containing methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability Use of MTBE KIA recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapour lock or hard starting CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing M
60. other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tyre at a time Do not tow a trailer whilst the com pact spare tyre is installed What to do in an emergenc TOWING dolly OXM069028 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an autho rised KIA dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended On 4WD vehicles your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatoed equipment with all the wheels off the ground CAUTION The 4WD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the ground This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the 4WD system On 2WD vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear CAUTION OUN046030 OCM054034 e Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle Do not tow with sling type equip
61. passengers heads from moving back ward and thus helps minimise neck injuries If there is any problem with the active headrest take your vehicle to an autho rised KIA dealer and have the system checked l OSL030013R Front seat warmer if equipped Type A The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Safety features of your vehicle e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows O FF gt gt H IG H za AMIS ae ms LOW ATS _o o e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on x NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature OSLO030016R Type B with air ventilation if equipped The temperature setting of the seat changes according to the switch position e If you want to warm your seat cushion press the front portion of the switch yellow colour e f you want to cool your seat cushion press the rear portion of the switch blue colour e Each time you press the button the temperature setting or airflo
62. set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e f the vehicle has been parked in direct x NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip tem monitor the temperature gauge closely whilst driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance ping or even puddling on
63. switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this posi tion WARNING Ignition switch e Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC whilst the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1 gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for the automatic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sud den vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Continued Continued e Never reach for the ignition switch or any other controls through the steering wheel whilst the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move whilst driving interfere with the driver and lead to an acci dent Driving your vehicle Starting the engine x NOTICE Kick down mecha nism if equipped Starting the petrol engine
64. switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock button which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle X NOTICE Whilst driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet ing or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximate ly one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OLM049021R Window opening and closing Type A To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OLM049022R Type B Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowe
65. that second gear is engaged Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine may possi bly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshifting may damage the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e f you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade whilst waiting for a traffic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be pressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released whilst driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal whilst driv ing This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage t
66. the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Australian design rules Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occu pant s lap WARNING Australian design rules No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from oper ating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being ad
67. the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning light will blink until the belt is fastened If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds At this time if the seat belt is fastened the chime will stop at once Type B As a reminder to the driver and front pas senger the driver s and front passenger s seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the drivers or front passengers seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned ON the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9km h the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6km h If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20km h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approxi mately 100 seconds and the correspon ding warning light will blink For details refer to the seat belt on chap ter 3 High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the
68. the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Features of your vehicle Outside air Blower Climate control air filter Heater core Evaporator core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windscreen even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorised KIA dealer x NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system shou
69. the high currents in the electronic engine control system produce consider able magnetic fields Maintenance i OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorised KIA dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labour parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir e Check the windscreen washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tyres Whilst operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav elling on smooth level road e When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the tran
70. the sunroof pull the sunroof lever downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position A CAUTION e Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged Do not leave the roller blind closed whilst the sunroof is opened Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Open the roller blind 3 Close the sunroof 4 Release the sunroof control lever 5 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close about 10 sec aOR MOSS 09t8 onds until the sunroof is moved a lit Roller blind tle Then release the lever The roller blinds are installed inside of 6 Push the sunroof control lever forward the sunroof and glass roof in the direction of close until the sun Open or close the roller blind manually roof operates as follows using the handle 1 when you need to Before opening or closing the sunroof TILT OPEN SLIDE OPEN gt open the roller blind SLIDE CLOSE Then rel he lever A CAUTION en release the leve Operation of the roller blind without When this is complete the sunroof SyS using the handle 1 may cause mis tem has been reset alignment o
71. the vehicle continues to be driven at low speed for long time the accumulated soot may not be automati cally removed because of low exhaust gas temperature In this particular case the amount of soot is out of detection limit the soot oxidation process by engine control system may not happen and the malfunction indicator light may blink When the malfunction indicator light blinks it may stop blinking by driving the vehicle at more than 60 km h 37 mph or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light contin ues to be blinked in spite of the proce dure please visit an authorised KIA deal er and then check the DPF system If you continue to drive with the malfunc tion indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen N CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tyres and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle certification label 8 7 Tyre specification and pressure label 8 8 Engi
72. this sec tion Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window whilst the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the centre facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Wiper deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating wa Cooling ea 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position if equipped 5 Set the fan speed control to t
73. to cancel the mode 4 GB Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played Features of your vehicle PA760SLG_iPod 5 GG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The order of iPod s category is Playlist Artist Albums Genres Songs Composers 6 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of Title Artist Album gt Normal Display Title Displays no information if the file has no song information PA760SLG_iPod 7 WELLS Knob amp GNH Button When you turn the button clockwise it will display the songs category next to the song currently played category in the same level Also when you turn the but ton counterclockwise it will display the songs category before the song current ly played category in the same level If you want to listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button then it will skip to the selected song and play Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Continued e When the iPod cable is connected A CAUTION IN USING THE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Clas
74. to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle handling instructions 1 6 Vehicle break in process 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Introduction ii HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimise the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to yo
75. unfasten the rear centre belt 2 To retract the rear centre seat belt 3 lnsert the tongue plate into the hole on 1 Press the release button on the buckle insert the tongue plate or key or similar the belt assembly cover D and remove the tongue plate B small rigid device into the web release from the buckle D hole C Pull up on the seat belt web A and allow the webbing to retract automatically Safety features of your vehicle F LS z a B220A04NF Lap belt if equipped To fasten your seat belt To fasten a 2 point static type belt insert the metal tab 1 into the locking buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle Check to make sure the belt is properly locked and the belt is not twisted OHM039105N H A P A Too high A S F i i y Z f M r 4 ra f i y Py ins B220B01NF With a 2 point static type seat belt the length must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around your body Fasten the belt and pull on the loose end to tighten The belt should be placed as low as pos sible on your hips not on your waist If the belt is too high it could increase the possibility of injury in an accident OLM039028 When using the rear centre seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle eras OLM039031 e Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will he
76. vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational main tenance and safety information about your new vehicle It is supplemented by a Warranty and Maintenance book that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publi cations carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle KIA offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the vari ous illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this man ual were accurate at the time of printing KIA reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your authorised KIA dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motor ing pleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle 2011 KIA MOTORS Corp All rights reserved Reproduction by any means elec tronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without writ ten authorization from KIA MOTORS Corporation Printed in Korea modin SSS Yourvehicleatagiance E Safety features of your
77. ward gear position with the P Park brakes on When stopped on an incline do not hold the vehicle stationary with engine power Use the serv ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating Driving your vehicle CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park whilst the vehicle is in motion R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R whilst the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear X NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive
78. will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 JBM005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a mobile phone or a two way radio When a mobile phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the mobile phone at a place as far as possi ble from the audio equipment CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a mobile phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a mo
79. wipe the upper end of the windscreen glass with a damp or wet cloth Do not put pressure on the wind screen glass Features of your vehicle CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF O position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode whilst washing the vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windscreen glass Damage to sys tem parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF O position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windscreen wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the wind screen properly prior to operating the windscreen wipers m Type C N OAM049102N OXM049048E OXM049233L OXM049048R OXM049048R 1 Windscreen washers In the OFF O position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windscreen and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Features of your vehicle Use this function when the windscreen is dirty The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windscreen washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine c
80. wiper malfunc matic car washes have been known to tion and failure make the windscreen difficult to clean Contamination of either the windscreen or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind screen wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water Maintenance h a at i 4 a 1JBA7037 H 1LDA5023 H Front windscreen wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip Rear window wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windscreen since it may chip or crack the windscreen 1JBA7038 H 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance OHM078063 2 Install the new blade assembly by inserting the centre part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorised KIA dealer replace the wiper blade
81. 040116 To use the cargo security screen pull the handle backward and insert the edges into the slots A _ i When not in use place the cargo securi ty screen on the lower portion of the Cargo area CAUTION Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed do not put the luggage on it when it is used Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES OSL0401 50 Roof rack if equipped If the vehicle has a roof rack you can load cargo on top of your vehicle Crossbars and fixing components needed to install the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorised KIA dealer x NOTICE e The crossbars if equipped should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack If the vehicle is equipped with a sun roof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is detected CAUTION e When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle e When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width e When you are carrying cargo on the roof rack do not operate the sunroof if equipped WARNING e The following spe
82. 40 000 km 25 000 miles Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change Adjust alternator and power steering and water pump drive belt and air conditioner drive belt if equipped Inspect and if necessary correct or replace Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km 350 miles or before starting a long trip Driving in Summer season temperature over 40 C 104 F SAUDI UAE OMAN KUWAIT BAHRAIN QATAR IRAN YEMEN ETC or driving over 170 km h 106 mile h must conform the severe driving condition For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first use Monts i 2 ee ie ee MAINTENANCE Milesx1 000 2O i lt O Ew O A ITEM 60 Fuel additives Add every 5 000 km or 6 months Vapor hose and fuel filler cap C O lL ll Fuel tank air filter if equipped re O ll e M O CcLuK R Vacuum hose for EGR amp throttle body if equipped e O E O O R Fuel filter CE O N n M Ee Fuel lines hoses and connections DO O O Cl Inspect Coolant level adjustment and leak every day Cooling system At first inspect 60 000 km or 48 months after that inspect every 30 000 km or 24 months Inspect and if necessary adjust
83. 9051N Maintenance IIl OSL070019R Inner panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the instru ment panel fuse panel or in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorised KIA dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced I OSLO70022R Memory fuse SHUNT connector Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse SHUNT connector to prevent bat tery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull out the memory fuse SHUNT connector X NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled out from the fuse panel the warning chime
84. ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depress ing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position ACC Accessory Orange indicator e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON Green indicator e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Driving your vehicle START RUN Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To start the engine depress the cl
85. AIR G0 1 S FAIR S r l E4 04443718 specific ISOFIX platform type A vehicle ISOFIX lower anchorage Britax R mer E1 04301133 Duo Plus ae Tether BritaxR mer R mer with vehicle 3 point with vehicle 3 point safety seatbelt seatbelt E1 04301133 04301133 CRS Manufacturer information FAIR S r l http www fairbimbofix com Britax R mer http www britax com Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag Side impact air bag Curtain air bag if equipped 1 2 3 4 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OLM032301N Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate e Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position e Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision or side colli sion if equipped with a side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury NOTICE if equipped with rollover sensor Also the air bags inflate instantly in the event of a rollover if equipped with a Side airbag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from seri ous physical injury e There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to infl
86. B memory may be lost whilst using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or mobile phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle PA760SLG_iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc files stored in iPod If no CD and auxiliary 1 KALS Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to iPod mode from the CD mode to play the song device is not connected it displays NO Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 2 WLAS Button Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 MEB Button RANDOM Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate or deactivate the random playback of the songs within the current category Press the button for longer than 0 8 seconds to randomly play all songs in the entire album of iPod Press the button once again
87. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age i si ial for SAE kdai hani ar 10 40 50 ai a aa 0 100 120 20W 50 15W 40 10W 30 5W 20 5W 30 Te t emperature ar Petrol Engine Oil Diesel Engine Oil OW 30 40 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart 2 In Middle East do not use the engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 In Middle East use only the engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W 30 1 6L only Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL Frame number P VIN label if equipped E Type A OLMo089001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your vehi cle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc thal OLMO89006N H The VIN is also on a plate attached tothe The vehicle certification label attached top of the dashboard The number on the on the driver s or front pa
88. Continued the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped SL_GEN BLUETOOTH 1 VOLUME button speaker volume 2 CALL button Places or transfers a call 3 END button Rejects or ends a call Raises or lowers m What is Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset wireless remote control etc For more information visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com m General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth hands free and stereo headset fea tures HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from mobile phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth features e Only one selected connected mobile phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks b
89. Em lt Steering gear rack linkage and boots Ul 6 nm Zz hl Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items x9 Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Milesx1 000 MAINTENANCE ITEM 10 2 G o Eee Driveshaft and boots D O Tyre pressure amp tread wear ee A CFF Front suspension ball joints E lol sl E O Bolt and nuts on chassis and body ee Air conditioner refrigerant if equipped E Air conditioner compressor if equipped ee E O Climate control air filter if equipped FoR R R R R J R R R Manual transaxle fluid if equipped El lOO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped No check No service required Rear differential oil 4WD OE Ol CC Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 10 Manual transaxle fluid transfer case oil and differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water Maintenance MAINTE
90. G e Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder cassette holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a pas senger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates When installing a container of liq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface It may become a dangerous pro jectile and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started or comes on whilst driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Continued Your Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag ee OSLO030038R Driver s and passenger s front air bag vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indicators of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover on the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad a
91. G IG Le ie xs eects pesca EENE 4 43 Trip COMPU ET Meee 4 45 Warning and indicators ssssssississsssssevssosousenseneen 4 49 Instrument panel Whicker 4 43 Instrument panel Gils Gale ECU ee ec ee 2 3 Interior care eesessersisruessarssssssrersassasisssesnscsis ee ee 7 90 Interior features Me ee rr cere eer er rr 4 107 Asshitray s sssssssssssacasoasavassnonstnenensanasoavavessavestunneanvanas 4 107 Cargo SECUTILY SCTEEM eiterik 4 112 Cigarette lighter PAE EEEE EEEREN EAE EE E EEANN 4 107 Index ii Cup holder oee 4 108 Vehicle certification label ceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees e7 Digital CLOCK Qe ee ee er eee 4 110 Latch system see ISOFIX SYSTEM errerrerrrreerrrreerereeeeeeeee 3 37 Floor mat BACHOR G reteararierensicssnterendacsninmrencmendnnne 4 111 License plate light bulb replacement err 7 83 Luggage net holderssssssssssssssrsesesssossvesensessaeneseses 4 111 Light bulbs s sssssesssisntnsncssseeararssvecansorasasonvesosovsniioaneaeaeens 7 76 Power outlet Mo oe Oe er tee ree 4 109 Front fog light bulb replacement anna E TT 7 79 Spin 1 SGI EIEEE AEE E E E 4 108 Headlight bulb replacement errereen T Interior light eri eer ee eer ee 4 80 High mounted stop light replacement Cr ere 7 83 Interior light bulb replacement s rssssessesessinersasneess 7 84 Interior light bulb replacement err 7 84 Interior ovyeryjeW cirrceeeeeseeesseeeececeeeceeeenneeececeeceseeeeeaeeeeeeeees ep License plate light bulb replaceme
92. ING Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu pants Safety features of your vehicle OSL030017 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OLM039304N Rear seat adjustment Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Safety features of your vehicle OSL030020 OSL030018 OSL030019 Removal Armrest 2nd row seat Rear seat warmer if equipped To remove the headrest raise it as faras To use the armrest pull it forward from The seat warmer is provided to warm the it can go then press the release button the seatback rear seats during cold weather With the 1 whilst pulling the headrest up 2 ignition switch in the ON position push To reinstall the headrest put the head either of the switches to warm rear seats rest poles 3 into the holes whilst press During mild weather or under conditions ing the release button 1 Then adjust it where the operation of the seat warmer to the appropriate heig
93. If the engine still does not start call an authorised KIA dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables Je Booster battery disconnect in reverse order z Discharged battery i a 1 VQA4001 Connect cables in numerical order and Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set AX WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury AX WARNING Battery e Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul furic acid This is pois
94. NANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS PETROL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace I Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Maintenance intervals l l Except China amp Middle East Every 7 500 km 5 000 miles or 6 months Engine oil and ABCDEF engine oil filter eaS For Middle East Every 5 000 km or 6 months Replace more frequently Air cleaner filter i i CE depending on the condition Replace more frequently PAIK PHI oR depending on the condition a EDI Rear differential oil 4WD R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E G I K H Transfer case oil 4WD O R O Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C Dae earlier Steering gear rack linkage and boots ns Pech more Megue ny CDE kG depending on the condition Propeller shaft if equipped __ Every 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12 months 15 000 km 10 000 Every 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12 months or 12 months Inspect more frequent Front suspension ball joints P q y Cop EEG depending on the condition Maintenance MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation Inspect more frequent Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors p se y C DEGH depending on the condition Inspect more frequently Parang Drake Za depending on th
95. RMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first NTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 co 72 84 o Inspect Coolant level adjustment and leak every day Cooling system At first inspect 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48 months after that inspect every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months awe econ At first replace at 200 000 km 120 000 miles or 120 months after that replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 24 months Battery condition All electrical systems Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal clutch pedal if equipped Parking brake Brake clutch fluid Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 4 When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage S For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first N Milesx1 000 N oo O O N MAINTENANCE ITEM Disc brakes and pads Power ste
96. S performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorised KIA dealer e Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorised KIA dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of personal injury If your vehicle was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the floor you shouldn t try to start the engine have the vehicle towed to an authorised KIA deal er Safety features of your vehicle Additional safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo are
97. TBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives KIA recommends that you use good quality petrols meet Europe Fuel stan dards EN228 or equivalents For customers who do not use good quality petrols including fuel additives regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly one bottle of additives added to the fuel tank at every 15 000km For Europe and New Zealand 5 000km Except Europe and New Zealand Additives are available from your authorised KIA dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Introduction Diesel engine Diesel fuel It is strongly recommended that diesel engine is operated on commercially available diesel fuel that complying with EN 590 or comparable standard EN stands for European Norm Do not use marine diesel fuel heating oils or non approved fuel additives as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system The use of non approved fuels and or fuel
98. TION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tyres are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also considerably adds wind resistance increasing pulling require ments Driving your vehicle Left side Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks Sete BRKT RR BUMPER MTG going by and rough roads are a few rea COT a sons why you ll need the right hitch Here
99. To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage
100. USE 1 5 40A 3 ABS 1 ESP Control Module ABS Control Module 2 I P Junction Box Fuse F3 F4 F8 F10 F13 F14 Power Connector F1 F2 2 I P Junction Box Power Window Relay Fuse F5 F6 F7 af e IPS Control Module IPS 0 IPS 1 IPS 2 IPS 3 IPS 8 40A E RLY 3 Cooling Fan Low Relay RLY 9 Cooling Fan High Relay FAN i i i REAR HEAT RR HTD ED GLASS RLY 6 Rear Defogger Relay es W O Smart K Ignition Switch mart Key Ignition Switch RLY 4 Start ae W O Smart Key Ignition Switch Maintenance Protected component HORN RLY 2 Horn Relay RLY 5 Burglar Alarm Relay DEICER _ RLY 6 Rear Defogger Relay RLY 10 Front Wiper Deicer Relay STOP LAMP Stop Lamp Switch ICM Relay Box DBC Relay Smart Key Control Module RLY 11 ATM P N Relay ECU 2 G4KD G4KE PCM Multifunction Switch D4HA ECM Mass Air Flow Sensor Glow Relay Unit Diesel Box RLY 4 Fuel Filter Heater Relay ABS Fuel Filter Warning Sensor D4HA ESP Control Module ABS Control Module ICM Relay Box DBC Relay Multi Switch TCU 2 TCM D4HA Transaxle Range Switch Maintenance men compartment main fuse EA EMS Box IESE Symbol Protected component iaeiae aE RLY 1 Engine Control Relay Diesel RLY 1 Engine Control Relay AIR CONDI Immobiliser Module Crankshaft Position Sensor Petrol Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Oil Control Valve 1 2 Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Manifold
101. WD All four wheels lf a full set of chains is not avail able for a 4WD vehicle chains may be installed on the front wheels only CAUTION e Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tyres Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tyre Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 5 to 1 km 0 3 to 0 6 miles to ensure safe mount ing Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Driving your vehicle Chain installation When installing chains follow the manu facturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is del
102. a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light T housing fji 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens lens tab and plastic hous ings Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold wat
103. a on again press the ON OFF button again when the ignition switch is on and the shift lever in R Reverse Also the camera will turn on automatically whenever the ignition switch is turned off and on again A WARNING e This system is a supplementary function only It is the responsi bility of the driver to always check the inside outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and whilst backing up because there is a dead zone that can t be seen by the camera Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with for eign matter the camera may not operate normally w OSLO60001R The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the vehicle in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver
104. a or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints must ride in the rear seat WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the vehicle and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the vehicle s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Never leave children unattended in a vehicle not even for a short time The vehicle can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the wi
105. a or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats whilst the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the
106. a where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency tailgate safety release lever locat ed on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadvertently locked in the cargo area the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate WARNING e For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the tail gate if you are accidentally locked in the cargo area No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash Use the release lever for emer gencies only Use with extreme caution especially whilst the vehicle is in motion Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door right power window switch 4 Rear door left power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down Drivers window 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions OSL040015R Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition
107. act with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder We strongly urge you to open your doors and or win dows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists WARNING When the air bags deploy the air bag related parts in the steering wheel instrument panel front seats and or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot To prevent injury do not touch the air bag storage area s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated R5LDA004 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the fron
108. action and the vehicle to go out of control e Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle A WARNING Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when corner ing or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Losing control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the road way and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim its WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the a
109. aintenance schedule Diesel 7 15 7 27 Normal maintenance schedule Petrol ee 7 9 7 21 Owner maintenance ssssssssssssssessseessesseeseseeseseseseeeee 7 6 Scheduled maintenance seryjce rrrereeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeees 7 8 Tyre maintenance ssssssssssssessssseesessssseesessssssseseeseeeeeeee 7 58 Maintenance services sssssssssssseeesessseseeseseseccesesesseseessseseeeo 7 4 Manual climate control SYSTEM rrrrrrrerrrrrerersesreessseesesseses 4 84 Air Conditioning PR 4 88 Climate control Ait filter esses sssssesssssssssssssessssseesesesees 4 91 Heating and air conditioning oseere 4 84 Manual heating and air conditioning eereeeeeeeeereereeee 4 94 Manual E Cos er ee en ee eer ener eres 5 14 Memory fuse ssesssssessesseasassvosossesssnsasasevevesonoasunenesteaeas 7 65 MIrrorg lt cosescreceteneecco et otsecenacerosmnceticeetn yesoncsaesescansaceenceneentes 4 38 Day night rearview Mirror sessssssseeesesssseseessessssooeseeeeo 4 38 Electric chromic mirror ECM eeeeeeeereeereeee 4 38 Inside rearview Mirror eeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 4 38 Outside rearview Mirror ceeeeeceeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 4 39 Moonroof see panorama sunroof etter 4 3 N Neck restraints see headrest ME Ce eee 3 7 3 12 O Odometer caieee seem cates soa tencseae a aeiesaeoneaicaneeuccansecseccncquac 4 45 Index D rr Oil Engine E 736 Outside rearview Mirror seeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 4 39 Cae
110. aler Stroke 5 6 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 Ibs 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER tinga N OLM079013 fa OLM079012 F Fuel filter cartridge replacement Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching NOTICE It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air When replacing the fuel filter cartridge use KIA genuine parts Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Refer to Maintenance under severe usage condi tions in this section CAUTION e Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces SLMOZSOI sive engine wear 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner e When removing the air cleaner fil 3 Replace the air cleaner filter ter be careful that dust or dirt 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching does not enter the air intake or clips damage may result e Use a KIA genuine part Use of non genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor or turbocharg er Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance
111. all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans Engine compartment precautions Diesel engine e The piezo injector operates at high voltage maximum 200v Therefore the following accidents may occur Direct contact with the injector or injector wiring may cause electric shock or damage your muscle or nerve system The electromagnetic wave from the operating injector may cause the arti ficial heart pacemaker to malfunction e Follow the safety tips provided below when you are checking the engine room whilst the engine is running Do not touch the injector injector wirings and the engine computer whilst the engine is running Do not remove the injector connector whilst the engine is running People using pacemakers must not go near the engine whilst the engine is starting or running Maintenance AX WARNING Diesel Engine Never work on the injection system with the engine running or within 30 seconds after shutting off the engine High pressure pump rail injectors and high pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the engine stopped The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury if it touches the body People using pacemakers should not move more than 30cm closer to the ECU or wiring harness within the engine room whilst the engine is running since
112. an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner con tainer CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid Maintenance ee O EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance book in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an autho rised KIA dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Program ESP ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Program ESP ESC system off by pressing the ESP ESC switch e After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESP ESC system back on by pressing the ESP ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control s
113. ance to empty if equipped km or miles This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 50 to 990 km 30 to 990 miles E Type A E Type B T gt E 10 900 f tee OSL040204L Average fuel consumption if equipped 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the RESET button when the average fuel consumption is being dis played clears the average fuel consump tion to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueled more than 6 the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero E Type A E Type B Instant Ti a OSL040205L Instant fuel consumption if equipped 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds Features of your vehicle x NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip compu
114. and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst pressing the ENGINE START STOP button to the START position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position D riving your vehicle Glow indicator light W 60 3 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton whilst depressing the brake pedal 4 Continue depressing the brake pedal until the illuminated glow indicator goes off approximately 5 seconds 5 The engine starts running when the glow indicator goes off x NOTICE If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed once more whilst the engine is pre heating the engine may start Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting If the engine is cold idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit 2 After high speed or extended driving requiring a heavy engine load idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off This idle time will allow the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immedi ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tur bocharger unit e Even if the smart key is in the ve
115. appens stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorised KIA dealer before the vehicle is driven again Shift pattern indicator if equipped P The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected Manual transaxle shift indicator if equipped m Type A 46 aly E Type B This indicator informs you which gear is desired whilst driving to save fuel For example A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd gear yJ Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th gear X NOTICE When the system is not working proper ly up amp down arrow indicator and Gear are not displayed Features of your vehicle Door ajar warning light Be This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position Tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Immobiliser indicator if equipped Without smart key system Th
116. apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working Driving your vehicle Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making turns When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders kerbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden manoeuvres Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn o
117. ar and CD will be ejected 7 CD Eject Button Push WEB button for less than 0 8 seconds to eject the CD during CD play back This button is enabled when igni tion switch is off e ALL EJECT CD Changer PA760 Press this button for more than 0 8 sec onds to eject all discs inside the deck in respective order 8 E00 Button Push button to load CDs to avail able CDC deck from 1 6 Push button for more than 2 seconds to load into all available decks The last CD will play 10 seconds idle status will disable loading process 9 CD Indicator icon When car ignition switch is ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator icon is on If the CD is ejected the icon is off 10 z018 Button e Press the button to move to child folder of the current folder and displays the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press the button to move to parent folder of the current folder and displays the first song in the folder Press knob to move the folder displayed 11 EZ Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK FILE as below when the button is pressed each time e CDDA Disc Title Disc Artist gt Track Title gt Track Artist Total Track e MP3 WMaA File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total File not displayed if the information is not available on the DISC 12 Knob amp Button Turn this
118. arking brake does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer WARNING e To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the shift lever instead of the parking brake Set the parking brake AND make sure the shift lever is securely positioned in 1st First OLM059015R OSL050014R Releasing the parking brake Hand type l gear or R Reverse for manual Foot type To release the parking brake first apply transaxle equipped vehicles and To release the parking brake depress the foot brake and pull up the parking in P Park for automatic the parking brake pedal a second time brake lever slightly Secondly depress the transaxle equipped vehicles whilst applying the foot brake The pedal release button 1 and lower the parking will automatically extend to the fully brake lever 2 whilst holding the button released position Never allow anyone who is unfa miliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake If the parking brake is released unintentionally serious injury may occur All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadver tent movement of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedestrians Driving your vehicle OJQ BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake
119. ase the luggage capacity of the vehicle WARNING The purpose of the fold down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could not be accommodated in the cargo area Never allow passengers sit on top of the folded down seatback whilst the vehicle is moving This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sud den stop Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops Safety features of your vehicle 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the At the front pocket between the rear seatback and ee cushion and insert the rear seat belt webbing into the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position OSL030022 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the ie seatback backward Pull the seatback lt lt a firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position een SS Sas OSLO30052 eT eS 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever or pull the strap on the rear seatback if equipped then fold the seat toward th
120. ate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L H A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the drivers or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag if equipped r WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may l Continued e Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and mild soap after an acci dent in which the air bags were air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warn ing light to illuminate B240B05L H WARNIN
121. ate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal e Air bag deployment depends on a num ber of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the col lision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of the air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occu pant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of the air bag design However air bag inflation can also Cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force e There are even circumstances under which cont
122. ated to the injection quantity adjustment occurs which could result in loss of engine power combustion noise and poor emission Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as pos sible by an authorised KIA dealer N CAUTION Diesel engine if equipped with DPF When the malfunction indicator light is blinks it may stop blinking after driving the vehicle at more than 60 km h 37 mph or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light continues to be blinked in spite of the procedure please visit an authorised KIA dealer and then check the DPF system If you continue to drive with the malfunction indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen Features of your vehicle ESP Electronic Stability Program indicator if equipped ee The ESP indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESP is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driving conditions the ESP indicator will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESP will oper ate and the ESP indicator will blink to indicate the ESP is operating But if the ESP system malfunctions the indicator illuminates and stays on Take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system chec
123. ats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a tether anchor and or ISOFIX anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manu facturer when installing the child restraint system WARNING e A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage are
124. audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even when the memory fuse is pulled out the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Maintenance Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely Ss j OLM079025 install the fuse panel cover If not Main fuse Multi fuse electrical failures may occur from if the main fuse is blown it must be If the multi fuse is blown it must be water contact removed as follows removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture 3 Remove the fuse panel on the right 4 above side in the engine compartment 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the ho the nuts shown in the picture same rating el 5 Reinstall
125. ause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident Wheels that do not meet KIA s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tyre size affects wheel speed When replacing tyres all 4 tyres must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tyres of a dif ferent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESP Electronic Stability Program to work irregularly Maintenance RR Compact spare tyre replacement if equipped A compact spare tyre has a shorter tread life than a regular size tyre Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tyre The replacement compact spare tyre should be the same size and design tyre as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tyre wheel The compact spare tyre is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tyre wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tyre Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset Tyre traction Tyre traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tyres tyres that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tyres should b
126. ave your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tyre wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Tread wear indicator q OEN076053 Tyre replacement If the tyre is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 in of tread left on the tyre Replace the tyre when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entyre tread before replacing the tyre AX WARNING Replacing tyres To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tyre failure or loss of vehicle control Replace tyres that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tyres can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tyres This can lead to uneven wear and tyre failure When replacing tyres never mix radial and bias ply tyres on the same car You must replace all tyres including the spare if moving from radial to bias ply tyres Continued Maintenance Continued e Using tyres and wheels other than the recommended sizes could c
127. backward 3 if equipped To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket Features of your vehicle The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running N CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped If you use the vanity mirror lamp turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position otherwise it could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage A CAUTION e Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity e Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet e Close the cover when not in use e Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle q I dl UA o m Rear if equipped l OSL040110 Power outlet Features of your vehicle Digital clock
128. bile phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of discs If the temperature inside the vehicle is too high open the vehicle windows for ventilation before using your vehicle audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the centre hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the centre to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure objects other than CDs are not inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your vehicle audio system x NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not c
129. ble damage to the transaxle CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transaxle dam age or failure and tyre damage Driving your vehicle x NOTICE x The ESP system if equipped should be OUN056051 H turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tyre wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights OCM050200R Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness tt es 9 1VQA3003 H Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for th
130. bles If it comes on whilst driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Glow indicator Diesel engine 00 The indicator illuminates when the igni tion switch is placed at the ON position The engine can be started after the pre heat indicator goes off The illuminating time varies with the water temperature air temperature and battery condition NOTICE If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to pre heat again CAUTION If the preheat indicator continues to illuminate or blink on and off after the engine has warmed up or whilst driving check the system by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Fuel filter warning light Diesel engine a This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is set to the ON position and then it will go out If it lights up whilst the engine is running it indicates that water has accumulated inside the fuel filter If this happens remove the water from the fuel filter For more information refer to Fuel filter in section 7 CAUTION When the fuel filter warning light illuminates engine power vehicle speed amp idle speed may decrease If you keep driving with the warning light on you can damage your vehi cle s engine
131. body of the vehicle OSLO70036 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Maintenance OSL070037 Inside light d 2 3 Open the tailgate Remove the service cover Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket OSL070038L Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Install the servic
132. bove 32 C 90 F B Extensive idling Driving in mountainous areas C Driving in dusty rough roads Towing a trailer D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle towing materials or in very cold weather Driving over 140 km h Driving in sandy areas Driving over 170 km h Frequently driving in stop and go condition m TAO TQ Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 48 eo 72 84 96 ITEM Kmx1 000 15 30 45 60 75 9 105 120 l At first inspect 90 000 km or 48 months Drive belts after that inspect every 30 000 km or 12 months Engine oil and engine oil filter me Ee M a Air cleaner filter ee N O N O M Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 1 Inspect drive belt tensioner idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace 2 Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km or before starting a long trip Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 9 ITEM Kmx1 000 15 30 45 60 75
133. bove the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the centre of the steering wheel and the passenger s side in the front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severe ly injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant safety contained in this manu al To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued Continued e Move your seat as far back as e No objects should be placed over Continued e Air bags can only be used on
134. by pulling CRS with universal approval to ECE R 44 need to be fixed additionally with a top tether strap connected to the correspon ding top tether anchorage point in the back rest The installing and the use of a child seat has to be done according to the installing manual which is added to the ISOFIX seat A WARNING e When using the vehicle s ISOFIX system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt web bing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint Do not place anything around the lower anchors Also make sure that the seat belt is not caught in the lower anchors Safety features of your vehicle To secure the child restraint seat 1 To engage the child restraint seat to the ISOFIX anchor insert the child restraint seat latch into the ISOFIX anchor Listen for the audible click sound CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during installation 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the child restraint hook
135. ce practical from the front air bags whilst still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned drivers and passen gers can be severely injured by inflating air bags Never lean against the door or centre console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the pas senger s front air bag OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel or the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated whilst the vehicle is being driven have an authorised KIA dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possi ble Continued have an authorised KIA dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu d
136. cification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack Distribute the load as evenly as possible across the crossbars if equipped and roof rack and secure the load firmly ROOF 100 kg 220 Ibs RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may dam age your vehicle Continued Continued e The vehicle centre of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack Avoid sudden starts braking sharp turns abrupt manoeuvres or high speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover result ing in an accident Always drive slowly and turn cor ners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack Severe wind updrafts caused by passing vehicles or natural causes can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack This is especially true when car rying large flat items such as wood panels or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo whilst driving check fre quently before or whilst driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE m Type A m Type B If you install an after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction CAUTION e Before entering a place with a lo
137. ck 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tyre changing only To prevent the jack from rattling whilst the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury eee e e ee eee es eae g l e e e e e e e e e W hat to do in an emergenc OSLO60003L Removing and storing the spare tyre Turn the tyre hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tyre in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tyre and tools from rattling whilst the vehicle is in motion store them properly 1VQA4022 H Changing tyres 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc ss 1V0A4023 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench jack jack handle and spare tyre from the vehicle 5 Block both the front and rear of wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position OLM069006 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun terclockwise one turn each but do not remove any nut until the tyre has been raised off the ground What to do in an emergenc i OCM054013 Place the jack at the front or rear 8 jacking position closest to the tyre you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations unde
138. cked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked Unlock 2 All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked However after pressing this button the doors and tailgate will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 sec onds Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked However after pressing this button the tailgate will lock automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automatically OSLO040006 H Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details Features of your vehicle Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from
139. cle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving ona slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESP ESC indicator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnormal steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indi cates nothing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline e Driving rearward e ESP OFF ESC OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESP OFF ESC OFF button to turn off the ESP ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESP OFF ESC OFF indicator light 2 illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESP OFF ESC OFF indica tor light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESP OFF ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction
140. click sound is heard OAM049096L OXM049200L Q Key operations Features of your vehicle WARNING Ignition key Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with the ignition key is dan gerous even if the key is not in the ignition switch Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition switch The ignition key would enable children to oper ate power windows or other con trols or even make the vehicle move which could result in serious bodily injury or even death Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children A WARNING Use only KIA original parts for the ignition key in your vehicle If an aftermarket key is used the ignition switch may not return to ON after START If this happens the starter will continue to operate causing damage to the starter motor and possible fire due to excessive cur rent in the wiring Immobiliser system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobiliser system to reduce the risk of unauthorised vehicle use Your immobiliser system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobiliser system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined t
141. come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribution EBD system warning light BRAKE If two warning lights illuminate at the same time whilst driving the ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible X NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and then it will go out Also this light illuminates when the park ing brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go out when the parking brake is released The parking brake warning chime will sound to remind you that the parking brake is applied when you are driving above 10 km h or 5 km
142. con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off whilst the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you
143. control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OSL040081 Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows OH o e e poeni gt gt s 7 Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Face Level Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windscreen and side win dow defrosters Bi Level Vf 1 Floor Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windscreen with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OSL040082 OSL040073R OSL040083 Defrost Level Instrument panel vents Temperature control Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents canbe opened or closed The temperature will increase to the windscreen with a small amount of air separately using the thumbwheel if maximum HI by turning the knob to the directed to the side window defrosters equipped extreme right Also you
144. correct clean or replace R Replace or change If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards EN228 or equivalents including fuel additives is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized KIA dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorised KIA dealer should perform the operation The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised KIA dealer for details Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first wilesxt 000 0 2 30 40 50 60 70 80 kmo s o 4 60 7s 90 05 20 At first replace at 200 000 km 120 000 miles or 120 months after that replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 24 months Brake lines hoses and connections ae E e O MAINTENANCE ITEM Engine coolant Brake pedal Clutch pedal if equipped n O O O O O Power steering fluid and hoses EE Em
145. d with the key transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up When all doors are lock if the tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second the tailgate is unlocked Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving OSL040013 Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tail gate latch and striker whilst closing the tailgate It may damage the tail gate s latch Features of your vehicle A WARNING Exhaust fumes If you drive with the tailgate opened you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants If you must drive with the tailgate opened keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air comes into the vehicle WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo are
146. d and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed When the smart key is within 1m 40 in from the outside handle At this time if you press the door lock button the room lamp will turn off imme diately Features of your vehicle m j OSL040061 Luggage lamp if equipped The luggage room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened Features of your vehicle OSLO40060 H OSL040059 H Glove box lamp if equipped Vanity mirror lamp if equipped The glove box lamp comes on when the AA The lamp will turn on if this but glove box is opened ton is pressed The parking lights or headlights must be C The lamp will turn off if this but ON for the glove box lamp to function ton is pressed NOTICE Turn off the lamp before return the sun visor to its original position Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER A CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window OSL040062 Xx NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windscreen refer to Windscreen defrosting and defogging in
147. d on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metal lic coating on the front windscreen the Auto light sys tem may not work properly E Type A E Type C E Type B E Type D OBK049050N OAM049044 OAM049044R OAM049044R 1 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time whilst the engine is not running Features of your vehicle E Type D OBK049049N 0AM049043 0AM049043R OAM049043R 1 OBK049051N OAM049045 OAM049045R OAM049045R 1 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return Turn signals and lane change signals to the normal low beam position when released The headlight The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manual
148. d side windows and the air within the passenger compart ment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle OSL040076 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the O position turns off the fan OSL040077 Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on
149. d the GVWR Gross Vehicle handles These could cause you to Weight Rating The GVWR includes the fose control Also overloading can weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel Shorten the life of your vehicle and cargo The Certification Tyre label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR Never exceed the GVWR for your vehi cle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out X NOTICE Your warranty does not cover parts or components that fail because of over loading Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency whilst driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 If you have a flat tyre with spare tyre 6 7 Towing 6 15 Emergency commodity 6 20 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING OSLO060001R Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the centre console switch panel All turn signal lights w
150. d using a soft cloth e Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle x NOTICE Self diagnosis This system can only sense objects with If you don t hear an audible warning in the range and location of the sensors sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit It can not detect objects in other areas tently when shifting the gear to the R where sensors are not installed Also Reverse position this may indicate a small or slim objects such as poles or malfunction in the rear parking assist sys objects located between sensors may not tem If this occurs have your vehicle be detected by the sensors checked by an authorised KIA dealer as Always visually check behind the vehi soon as possible cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED DAS EURE ir a eed 051040055 The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror whilst back ing up The rearview camera may be turned off by pressing the ON OFF button 1 when the rearview camera is activated To turn the camer
151. damaged webbing or buckle could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop result ing in serious injury If the webbing or buckles are damaged get them replaced immediately Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged paris should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorised KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the vehicle should sit in the rear seat and must always be proper ly restrained to minimise the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden manoeuvre According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety se
152. de a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids x NOTICE Tyre chains are not legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tyre chains Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle make sure they are radial tyres of the same size and load range as the original tyres Mount snow tyres on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s han dling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tyres on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s original equipment tyres You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tyre dealer for maximum speed recommen dations Do not install studded tyres without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use a a Tyre chains Since the sidewalls of radial tyres are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tyres is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tyre chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 15 mm 0 59 in Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty When using tyre chains attach them to the drive wheels as follows 2WD Front wheels 4
153. driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle OSL030010 Forward and backward adjustment if equipped The headrest may be adjusted forward to several different positions by pulling the headrest To adjust the headrest to it s furthest backward position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck A CAUTION Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest Safety features of your vehicle 0SL030012 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 whilst pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes whilst press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height HNF2041 1 H Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps prevent the driver s and front
154. e Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict the movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water A CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate whilst the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts OSL040028 H OSL040027R eS Remote control Folding the outside rearview mirror The electric remote control mirror switch Manual type allows you to adjust the position of the To fold the outside rea
155. e activated by an authorised KIA dealer If you want this feature consult an authorised KIA dealer Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed whilst a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leaves the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine bonnet is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system will be dis armed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs whilst the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine bonnet is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started within 3 sec onds The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed whilst carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 sec onds After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice t
156. e maintained and repaired by an autho rised KIA dealer An authorised KIA deal er meets KIA s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from KIA in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorised KIA dealer with special tools X NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Maintenance book provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or mainte nance procedure have it done by an authorised KIA dealer WARNING Maintenance work e Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous You can be seriously injured whilst performing some maintenance procedures If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work have it done by an authorised KIA dealer Working under the bonnet with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine whilst work ing under the bonnet make cer tain that you remove
157. e replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tyre maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tyre wear If you find a tyre is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tyres installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tyre life Additionally a tyre should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance om ee I030B04JM Tyre sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tyre and also provides the tyre identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tyre in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tyre size designation A tyre s sidewall is marked with a tyre size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tyres for your vehicle The fol lowing explains what the letters and numbers in the tyre size designation mean Example tyre size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tyre size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P235 55R18 98H P Applicable vehicle type tyres marked with the prefix P are intended for use on pa
158. e sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putting a vehicle into D Drive or R Reverse AX WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving whilst under the influence of drugs is aS dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab D rivin our vehicle A WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the ope
159. e DBC button is pressed and the sys tem is on When driving down a steep hill at a speed under 35 km h 22 mph the DBC will operate and the DBC indicator will blink to indicate the DBC is operating If the red indicator illuminates the DBC system may have malfunctioned Take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Electric power steering EPS system warning light if equipped EPS This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out after the engine is started This light also comes on when the EPS has some trou
160. e and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorised KIA dealer should perform the operation The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised KIA dealer for details Inspect the cooling system every 500 km or before starting a long trip 7 Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first At first replace at 210 000 km or 120 months after that replace every 30 000 km or 24 months cng ig HH HE including the light bulbs and switches Brake lines hoses and connections ee O E I A l Brake pedal Clutch pedal if equipped loa dl lh Power steering fluid and hoses ae O E I cl l Steering gear rack linkage and boots Em Em Em Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage 9 For your convenience it can be re
161. e battery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order When 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery termi nal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal A WARNING e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine e The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected Auto up down window See section 4 Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 Climate control system See section 4 Clock See section 4 Audio See section 4 Maintenance TYRES AND WHEELS Tyre care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tyre inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures All tyre pressures including the spare should be checked when the tyres are cold C
162. e belt may result in overheating the engine 04R Highway driving Tyres Adjust the tyre inflation pressures to specification Low tyre inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tyres Avoid using worn or damaged tyres which may result in reduced traction or tyre failure x NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tyre infla tion pressure shown on the tyres Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING Se ga 7 oe iQA3005 More weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimise winter driving problem you r pan should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tyres or to install tyre chains on your tyres If snow tyres are needed it is necessary to select tyres equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tyres Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tyre chains on the tyre will provi
163. e condition oo Driveshaft and boots nepert he pequenyy C D EFH depending on the condition l Replace more frequently Climate control air filter if equipped ORO depending on the condition C E Manual transaxle fluid ORO Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles CDEGA TK A C D E Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 100 000 km 62 000 miles GH LK 7 Severe driving conditions More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot A Repeated short distance driving weather above 32 C 90 F B Extensive idling Driving in mountainous areas C Driving in dusty rough roads Towing a trailer D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle towing materials or in very cold weather Driving over 140 km h 87 mile h Driving in sandy areas Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h Frequently driving in stop and go condition m FAS IO Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 Mitesx1 000 125 25 975 so 625 75 675 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 EPEE At first inspect 80 000 km 50 000 miles or 48 months E S after that inspect every 20 000 km 12 500 miles or 12 months Engine oil and engine oil filter Replace every 10 000 km 6 200 miles or 12 mo
164. e cover by putting it into the service hole OSL070048 Rear turn signal light Rear fog light if equipped 1 Remove the mounting screws of the rear bumper guard with a phillips screwdriver 2 Reach your hand into the back of the rear bumper guard 3 Replace with a new bulb 4 Reinstall the socket and rear bumper guard in the reverse order of removal Maintenance m Bulb type m LED type OSLO070040 4 Loosen the bulb socket retaining License plate light bulb replace SCrews ment 5 LED type 1 Loosen the lens retaining screws with Install a new LED assembly a philips head screwdriver e Bulb type 2 Remove the lens 1 Remove the bulb socket by press 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight ing the both sides locking tab out gt 2 Remove the bulb from the socket 4 Install a new bulb IE OSLO70046 by pulling it 5 Reinstall the lens securely with the High mounted stop light 3 Install a new bulb lens retaining screws if equipped 6 Install the socket in the reverse order of removal 1 Open the tailgate 2 Using the flat blade screwdriver gently pry the centre cover of the rear tailgate trim 3 Disconnect the bulb electrical connec tor Maintenance Glove box lamp Interior light bulb replacement A WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF but ton is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock 1 Using
165. e front of the vehicle When you return the seatback to its upright posi tion always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system A WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger com partment which could result in serious injury or death CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seatback insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback N CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants
166. e impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorised KIA dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags Safety features of your vehicle e The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact colli sions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The curtain air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side Continued e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to position the child restraint sys tem as far away from the door side as possible and secure the NOTICE if equipped with child restraint system in a locked rollover sensor position Also both sides of the curtain air bags Do not allow the passengers to deploy in certain rollover situations lean their heads or bodies against doors put their arms on e The curtain air bags are not designed the doors stretch their arms out to deploy in all side impact of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and cur tain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side and cur tain air bag system This should only be done by an authorised WARNING e In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the bes
167. e in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check if the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily and with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergenc Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked e Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking bake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance e More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled OXM069009 ih e If you are driving down a long hill the e Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 brakes may overheat and b
168. e maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapour hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses if equipped Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs for petrol engine Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance for petrol engine Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorised KIA dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check the cooling system componenis such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the interval
169. e of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant for Middle East region or add enough distilled deionized water except Middle East region to provide protection against freezing and corro sion Bring the level to F but do not over fill If frequent additions are required see an authorised KIA dealer for a cooling system inspection Recommended engine coolant e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Maintenance For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Antifreeze 15 C 5 F 25 C 13 F 35 ETF 45 C 49 F 60 40 WARNING Radiator cap Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pres sure causing serious injury
170. e oil and differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS DIESEL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace I Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation P A B C F G Engine oil and engine oil filter Every 7 500 km or 6 months ATJ RKE f Replace more frequently Air cleaner filter ia C E depending on the condition Manual transaxle fluid if equipped ORO Every 120 000 km C D E G H I K ATC IDETE Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Every 100 000 km GHIK Steering gear rack linkage and boots meped E ecpenily C DEF G depending on the condition Propeller shaft if equipped Every 15 000 km or 12 months C E Maintenance Front suspension ball joints Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors Parking brake Drive shaft and boots Climate control air filter if equipped Rear differential oil 4WD Transfer case oil 4WD Maintenance operation MAINTENANCE ITEM Severe driving conditions A B G2 D Repeated short distance driving Extensive idling Driving in dusty rough roads Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very
171. e on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED A WARNING CAUTION e If the cruise control is left on During cruise speed driving of a Cruise indicator light in the manual transaxle vehicle do not instrument cluster illuminated shift into neutral without depress the cruise control can be ing the clutch pedal since the switched on accidentally Keep engine will be overrevved If this the cruise control system off happens depress the clutch pedal Cruise indicator light OFF when or release the cruise control ON the cruise control is not in use to OFF switch avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system NOTICE only when travelling on open During normal cruise control operation highways in good weather when the SET switch is activated or 1 Cruise indicator 2 Cruise set indicator Do not use the cruise control reactivated after applying the brakes when it may not be safe to keep the cruise control will energize after The cruise control system allows you to the vehicle at a constant speed approximately 3 seconds The delay is program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph for instance driving in heavy or normal varying traf
172. e seat belts in such collisions Safety features of your vehicle OUN036087 H Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit Pitted ee Sait el ML ot j 4 _ 0VQ036018N e Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact 1VQA2089 In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags 1VQA2090 H e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1VQA2091 e Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would no
173. e slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windscreen wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windscreen wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windscreen e If your tyres are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tyres are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly whilst driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times whilst the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged driv
174. e tested by high speed driving or cornering This could endanger the safety of yourself or others The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes Driving your vehicle X NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer sto
175. e weight s sssssseesssassarararsscssaseetas 5 68 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eee 5 68 GVW Gross vehicle weight sssssssssssesesceraesoess 5 68 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeeeereeeeeee 5 68 Index W Washer fluid xesesdasecennacdasesacusnstceceenanecanoasocnmasdenssacseadoceteete 7 42 Waste tray see ashtray ee E a 4 107 Warnings and indicators s sssssessssssssssvevessucsssnnesayas 4 49 Weight en 5 68 Base kerb weight sssssssessssssssssssssssessssesssusvarssasssesotoess 5 68 Cargo Weight ereraa ANo 5 68 GAW Gross axle weight ss ssssssssesssesssessasessnees 5 68 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eee 5 68 GVW Gross vehicle weight oeer 5 68 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeeeeereeeeee 5 68 Wheel alignment and tyre balance 7 56 Wheel replacement ssssssssoseerssseassensesssonsasaesuesenssas 7 58 Oe aaa IE EO 4 22 Auto down Window rrrssssesseteeeeeeeesseeeeeteccceceeseesessaeeees 4 23 Auto up down Window sessirnir 4 24 Power window lock button reeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeteetteaeeees 4 25 Windsreen defrosting and defogging eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 101 Delor ine logic sssssssssvscsssionsssrnsssssssvevosnansvastnneseas 4 103 Winter driving secession naene 5 56 STOW CYTES e 5 56 Tyre Chains He siessissivssvsssssstaseaiasssousassosssusvasssasssvsotsess 5 57 Wiper blades essermi 7 48 Wipers and washers s svetssssssoniscsnsnesssasavevcsousasiunsavaes 4 74 1 10 Introduction How
176. ease note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion Read and follow all warning post ed at the gas station facility Before refuelling note the loca tion of the Emergency Petrol Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued once you have begun refuelling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapours resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other petrol source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire Once refuelling has begun contact with the vehi cle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued tic fuel containe
177. eat 1 Forward and backward Seatback angle Seat cushion height Drivers seat Lumbar support Drivers seat 5 Seat warmer Seat warmer with air ventilation Drivers seat 6 Headrest 2 3 4 Rear seat 7 Seatback folding 8 Headrest 9 Armrest j 10 Seat warmer if equipped Or a rg Safety features of your vehicle 44 WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats 4 WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion WARNING Do not use
178. ectronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the colour of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its colour can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with
179. ed It will function as the DISC UP DOWN button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode if equipped It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button MODE or X 3 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc MUTE or K 4 e Press the button to mute the sound e Press the button to turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section Features of your vehicle Aux USB and iPod port if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod x NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc FM reception LONOSPHERE JBMO01 AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signa
180. ed turn the ignition switch once more to the LOCK position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to pre heat again Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting If the engine is cold idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit 2 After high speed or extended driving requiring a heavy engine load idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off This idle time will allow the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off CAUTION Do not turn the engine off immedi ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tur bocharger unit Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Iluminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed It will also go off immedi ately when the theft alarm system is armed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position stop the vehicle then press the ENGINE START STOP button e With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position
181. ed tyre 7 Uniform tyre quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tyre sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tyre when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tyre graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tyre graded 100 The relative performance of tyres depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tyres The tyres available as standard or optional equipment on your vehi cle may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tyre s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tyre marked C may have poor traction perform ance Maintenance RR Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tyre s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to di
182. eesavavavsusasaveeaseavavase 5 20 Side impact air bag secina a 3 50 See Side repeater light bulb replacement eee 7 79 Smart key aA E 4 8 Scheduled maintenance service eertreteeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeseeeens 7 8 Smooth Cornering Sereia onik eE 5 53 Normal maintenance schedule Diesel 7 15 7 27 STOW tYTES E A 5 56 Normal maintenance schedule Petrol eee 7 9 7 21 Spare tyre Maintenance under severe usage conditions Compact spare tyre eeeeeeeereeererrreeeeeereeeeereerereeeeeeeeeees 6 13 Diese j resssneiirsiiesissssi asa nnsa 7 19 7 31 Compact spare tyre replacement s sett 7 58 Maintenance under severe usage conditions Removing and storing the spare tyre eeeeeeereeereeeee 6 8 Petal cessesnsecacanenecenisivnsnecnuasennsonceneneatunseneesectns 7 13 7 25 Special driving Conditions ssisessesassesareraroesseeseasss 5 52 Seat belt warning Pe Cr ee ee eee 3 18 Driving at night a E E A ld teeta eau es i omega are eanin 5 53 a E E E E A T 3 16 Driving in flooded areas s ssssssssesvsversasasunserasaavane 5 54 Lap Delt n a E 394 Driving in the ranee e 5 54 Lap shoulder belt ssssssseassssasavessseissneasaasasavcssecaneas 3 19 Hazardous driving conditions 5 52 Pre tensioner seat belt cccceceeeeeeeeesreceeceeeeeesesenaeees 3 25 Highway driving sssesscssesissssvavsssacisatiesceavscaensens 5 55 Gait AAAI A EAEE T NT 3 9 Rocking the vehicle ssnstinin 5 52 Seatback pocket wie alee aingen cites A T T 3 11 Smoo
183. effect CAUTION 4WD When turning sharply on a paved road at low speed whilst in four wheel drive steering control will be difficult Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of four wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tyre rotation at the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and sus pension Sharp turns at low speeds should be car ried out with caution Driving your vehicle Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description e When driving in 4WD AUTO mode the vehicle operates sim ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating conditions However if the system determines that there is a 4WD AUTO need for the 4WD mode the engine s driving power is dis 4WD LOCK is Ea LOCK tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter deactivated E vention Indicator light is o l not illuminated e When driving on normal roads and pavement the vehicle moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles e This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades off road driving driving on sandy and muddy roads etc to maximize traction AWD LOCK e This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds LOCK above 30 km h 19 mph and is shifted to 4WD AUTO mode Indicator light is at speed above 40 km h 25 mph If the vehicle decelerates illuminated to speeds below 40 km h 25 mph the transfe
184. ehicle are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle s surface by moisture that evaporate slowly Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain mois ture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle Maintenance a O
185. eight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the kerb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label Base kerb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle kerb weight This i
186. en moving out of the mud restarting the engine the ESC off ESC OFF indicator or slippery road pressing the ESC will automatically turn will illuminate To turn the accelerator pedal may not on again ESC on press the ESC OFF cause the engine rpm revolu button ESC OFF indicator tions per minute to increase light will go off e When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Driving your vehicle me ESC OFF usage E ESC indicator light AN CAUTION When driving Driving with varying tyre or wheel e ESC should be turned on for daily driv sizes may cause the ESC system to ing whenever possible ee malfunction When replacing tyres e To turn ESC off whilst driving press o l make sure they are the same size as the ESC OFF button whilst driving on a E ESC OFF indicator light your Original tyres flat road surface ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to the ON position the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when NOTICE ESC fails to operate e When operating the vehicle on a ESC OFF indicator light comes on when dynamometer ensure that the ESC is the ESC is turned off with the button turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed If the ESC is left on it may pre vent the vehi
187. en scant anne 4 115 11 Hazard warning flasher 4 65 6 2 12 Climate control system 4 84 4 92 13 Cigar lighter or Power outlet Pee ana ee eee tre ae ee 4 104 4 109 14 Power outlet A ry e ecatre stare sett 4 109 15 Seat warmer switch 00e 3 9 16 Shift lever 2422 88 ee 5 14 5 17 17 Passenger s front air bag 3 48 len GIOVE DO r a E A 4 104 19 Accelerator pedal cccsseceeeeeeees 5 5 20 Brake ne Cdalarace e e a a a 5 30 21 Parking brake pedal Sycerec eyecare 5 31 if equipped The actual feature may differ from the illustration Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 37 2 Engine oil filler Capea cr sci 7 36 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 40 4 Positive battery terminal 7 51 5 Negative battery terminal 7 51 6 FUSE DOK eee cme met caer E 7 63 TAI CIGANCliecmnns tic eects cee ee eainneeni ae 7 44 8 Engine oil dipstick weer eee see 7 36 Radiator Camm aa ee eee 7 39 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 42 11 Power steering fluid reservoir 7 41 if equipped This illustration is a sample OLM079001R Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 16 Child restraint system 3 31 Air bag supplemental restraint system 3 42 Safety features of your vehicle DE Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front s
188. ency child restraint system Is securely 1 Place the child restraint system in the installed seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted If you need to tighten the belt pull the webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition Safety features of your vehicle Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt For Europe Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children When using the child safety seats refer to the following table Seating Position Front Rear Rear Passenger Outboard Center O Up to 10 kg 0 9 months 0 Up to 13 kg U U U 0 2 years 9kgto 18k g g U U U 9 months 4 years Il amp Ill 15 kg to 36 kg U U U 4 12 years U Suitable for Universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group U Suitable for Universal category restraints approved for use in this mass group Seat position foremost Seat back upright Safety features of your vehicle OSL030026 1 Route the child restraint seat strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest and between
189. ents containing high alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized alu minum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense X NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective Compound Maintenance ee Eee Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or co
190. er Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION e Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents s 7800 CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Maintenance i Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners acid detergents or strong deterg
191. ergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tyre chains tow straps or chains flashlight emer gency flares sand shovel jumper cables window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls blanket etc Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING FOR EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA NOTICE For Europe If you are considering towing with your vehicle you should first check with your country s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary the requirements for tow ing trailers cars or other types of vehi cles or apparatus may differ Ask an authorised KIA dealer for further details before towing e The technically permissible maximum load on the rear axle s may be exceeded by not more than 15 and the technically permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle may be exceeded by not more than 10 or 100 kg 220 4 Ibs whichever value is lower In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph for vehicle of catego ry M1 or 80 km h 49 7 mph for vehi cle of category N1 When a vehicle of category M1 is tow ing a trailer the additional load imposed at the trailer coupling device may cause the tyre maximum load ratings to be exceeded but not by more than 15 In this case do not exceed 100 km h 62 1 mph and increase the tyre inflation pressure by at least 0 2 bar CAU
192. ering fluid and hoses Steering gear rack linkage and boots Drive shaft and boots Tyre pressure amp tread wear Front suspension ball joints Bolt and nuts on chassis and body Air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Climate control air filter if equipped Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect every 60 000 km 40 000 miles or 48 months Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped No check No service required Transfer case oil 4WD Rear differential oil 4WD Propeller shaft if equipped Exhaust system Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 6 Manual transaxle fluid transfer case oil and differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS DIESEL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace I Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenance intervals Driving condition operation A B C F Gi Engine oil and engine oil filter oR Every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 6 months IEL Air cleaner filter Rpa ee pequenty C E depending on the condition Manual transaxle fluid if equipped ORO Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles Cee Git ink ae AC DET Aut
193. es or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor OLM039035R Securing a child restraint system with ISOFIX system and Tether Anchorage system if equipped ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit ting child seats that eliminates the need to use the standard adult seat belt to secure the seat in the vehicle This enables a much more secure and posi tive location with the added benefit of easier and quicker installation An ISOFIX seat may only be installed if it has vehicle specific or universal approval in accordance with the requirements of ECE R 44 or relevant regulation Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator l Lower Anchor a OSL030027 There are ISOFIX symbols located on the lower portion of each side of the 2nd row seatbacks These symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped T OLM039053N Both rear outboard seats are equipped with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well as a corresponding top tether anchorage on the back side of the back rest The ISOFIX anchorages are located between seat cushion and back rest marked with the ISOFIX icon For installation CRS ISOFIX connecters have to engage with the vehicles ISOFIX anchorages listen for a CLICK check potential visual indicators on the CRS and cross check
194. ess the brake pedal before starting the engine CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED C gt The shift lever can be moved without pulling the R Knob 1 The R Knob 1 must be pulled up whilst moving the shift lever if equipped E Type B OSL050008L Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 5 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished Press the clutch pedal down fully whilst shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal if equipped The gearshift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The R Knob 1 located immediately below the shift knob must be pulled upward whilst moving the shift lever to the R position if equipped Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone CAUTION e When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution should be taken not to inadver tently press the gear shift lever sideways in such a manner
195. essure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before travelling to a colder climate Checking the coolant level WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap whilst the engine is operating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Also hot coolant or steam could cause serious personal injury Continued Maintenance Continued e Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back whilst the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug whilst the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury Maintenance E 0SL070006 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the sid
196. ey help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Maintenance Tyre rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tyres be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tyres for correct balance When rotating tyres check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tyre pressure improper wheel align ment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tyre Replace the tyre if you find either of these conditions Replace the tyre if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tyre pressures to spec ification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 Maintenance With a full size spare tyre if equipped f 5 5 lt _O gall CBGQ0706 Without a spare tyre 5 5 lt 5 5 S2BLA790A Directional tyres if equipped ESE q E E CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tyres are rotated X NOTICE Rotate radial tyres that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Wheel alignment and tyre balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tyre life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to h
197. features Continued Continued You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the mobile service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc If the mobile phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth system or mobile service stations can be disturbed Whilst a phone is connected through Bluetooth your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth related operations Some mobile phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 ENGINE START STOP button 5 8 Manual transaxle 5 14 Automatic transaxle 5 17 Four wheel drive 4WD 5 23 Brake system 5 30 Cruise control system 5 46 Economical operation 5 50 Special driving conditions 5 52 Winter driving 5 56 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing 5 60 Vehicle weight 5 68 Driving your vehicle A WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately e Do not inhale exhaust fu
198. fic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system Driving your vehicle OSLO50030L The actual feature may differ from the illus tration To set cruise control speed 1 Push the Cruise ON OFF or switch on the steering wheel to turn the system on The Cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster will illu minate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 25 mph NOTICE Manual transaxle if equipped For manual transaxle vehicles you Should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after start ing the engine OSL050031L 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will auto matically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly whilst going downhill OSL050032L To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph Diesel engine each time the RES switch is operated in th
199. front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the centre of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and securely as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and t
200. fuel consumption on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving information except odometer distance to empty and instant fuel consumption is reset if the battery is disconnected Features of your vehicle The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off Press the TRIP button to select any mode as follows Tripmeter A Y Tripmeter B Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Driving time 1 Outside thermometer if equipped E Type A E Type B E Type A E Type B OSL040200 Odometer km or miles The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed x NOTICE It is unlawful to alter the odometer of all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer The alteration may void your warranty cov erage OSL040201 Tripmeter km or miles TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 999 9 miles Pressing the RESET button when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being dis played clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B OSL040202L Dist
201. g warning light SRS components and functions The purpose of the air bag warning light The SRS consists of the following com in your instrument panel is to alert you of ponents a potential problem with your air bag 1 Driver s front air bag module Supplemental Restraint System SRS Passenger s front air bag module When the ignition switch is turned ON _ Side impact air bag modules the warning light should illuminate for Curtain air bag modules approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if Retractor pre tensioner assemblies e The light does not turn on briefly when eg ang ugal you pe the ignition ON y SRS control module SRSCM l l Rollover sensor The light stays on after illuminating for 8 Front i i approximately 6 seconds e c lacalala The light comes on whilst the vehicle is 9 Side past A l in motion 10 Drivers anchor pre tensioner The light blinks when the ignition assembly switch is in ON position if equipped NOOR WD Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L H The front air bag modules are located both in the centre of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L H Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separ
202. gauge seeerererrersererresseseererenceserreenesersennennesersenses 4 45 Glassroof see panorama SUNTOOf eeeereetererereeeeserteeeeeses 4 3 Glove DOX Qe re rr tr er te 4 104 HW S O Hazard warning flasher oeeeeeeeeeererrereerersesseserresreseesennenses 4 64 Hazardous driving conditions eeeeeeeeereessererrerreseeseeresses 5 52 Headlight bulb replacement eereerrererrersessesesresresesereesses J5 Headlight levelling device seeeereerererrerressererresreseesenrenses AFT Hode Aa eee 3 7 3 12 Heating and air conditioning 4 83 Index eee High mounted stop light replacement eeeeeee 7 83 Highway driving s 0sssissssesassesarsoesrnsvevssossvapeasensaentess 5 55 Hill start assist control HAC s eeeeeeeeeee teeter tteeeeeeeee eens 5 39 a eenaa E EEE EET EEE AA 4 37 How to use this manual eessssssssssssssesssssssessesessessosesssssessees 1 2 PP Ignition key interlock SYSTEM trrrrrrrrrrrrrrreressreesssesesesessnes 5 21 Tmmiobiliser system sssssrecsrsessrascssssssssosvosssonsesaseataeoas 4 4 Indicators and warnings ereenn ines is 4 49 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Instrument cluster ssssssssssessssssseseesessescessesssessseeeesesee 4 42 Engine temperature gauge seeeseesreerererrerereresreeseeeesees 4 44 Fie Gauge e 4 45 Instrument panel Whitmore oe 4 43 Qe ee ee eC ee ee ene 4 45 Speedometer ss s ssnssssessosessseneserseasavassvsscneasensassavavane 4 43 A Ai
203. ggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these warnings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks whilst the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly whilst riding When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it for ward and backwards To avoid the possibility of burns do not remove the carpet in the cargo area Emission control devices beneath this floor gener ate high temperatures WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident WARNING e Do not adjust the seat while wear ing seat belts Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat
204. ght activate from the standby mode during abrupt corning or driving over speed bumps DBC may activate and cause the engine to stop in vehicles with manual transaxle if you drive in 3rd gear or above with DBC on Do not turn on DBC when driving in 3rd gear or above Driving your vehicle Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driv ing away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorised KIA dealer for assistance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal whilst driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components lf a tyre goes flat whi
205. h if equipped Always release the parking brake before you drive Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any autho rised KIA dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail whilst you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do SO To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle Seat belt warning and chime if equipped Type A If
206. h a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Sunroof open warning chime if equipped If the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door when the sun roof is not fully closed the warning chime will sound for approximately 7 seconds However if the smart key is in the smart key holder the warning chime will not sound Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle X NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions e After a vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it A CAUTION e Do not continue to move the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle If the sunroof is open rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well as cause theft Features of your vehicle X NOTICE The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in the slide position but can be slid whilst in a tilt position Sliding the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof open the roller blind refer to the following page for
207. h position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list Brverony Driver Front passenger 0 including driver Full passengers including driver Maximum per missible loading Driver Maximum per missible loading Automatic type if equipped It is automatically adjusted the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area And it offers the proper headlight beam under the various conditions Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windscreen wiper washer m Type A A m Type D A Wiper speed control front MIST E MIST V A Single wipe orr OFF O Off INT Intermittent wipe ey a NATO AUTON T TT AUTO Auto control wipe e o E N LO 1 Low wiper speed HI 2 High wiper speed A B Intermittent control wipe time m Type E adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front if equipped Features of your vehicle Rear window wiper washer ate D Rear wiper washer control ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe OFF O Off ON E Wash with brief wipes rear if equipped E Type C OAM049048N OAM049048L OAM049048G OAM049903R OAM049902R Features of your vehicle Windscreen wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST A Fora single wiping cycle mo
208. he desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on 1 Fan speed control knob 5 Rear window defroster button 2 Front windscreen defroster button 6 Temperature control knob 3 Air conditioning button if equipped 7 Mode selection button 4 Air intake control button OSL040070 Features of your vehicle OSL040071 Mode selection The mode selection buttons control the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windscreen Five sym bols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position OSL040072R Features of your vehicle Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windscreen and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windscreen with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windscreen with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters iat
209. he Electronic Stability Program ESP system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering manoeuvres ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESP applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Program ESP system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESP is active X NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning proper ly Driving your vehicle ESP operation When operating ESP operation off ESP ON condition When the ESP is in operation ESP OFF state e When the ignition is turned the ESP indicator light blinks eTo cancel ESP operati
210. he clutch to hold the car on an incline This causes unnec essary wear Use the foot brake or park ing brake to hold the car on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or whilst driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labour Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you again need to increase your speed When the vehicle is travelling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral then shift to the reverse position e Exercise extreme caution when driv
211. he front and rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats should be in an upright posi tion when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats are in a reclined position Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a col lision or sudden stop The protec tion of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be secured against your hips and chest to work proper ly The more the seatback is reclined the greater the chance an occupant s hips will slide under the lap belt causing serious internal injuries Also the shoulder belt may strike the occupant s neck Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats properly belted and with the seat backs upright Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse WARNING When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after the rear seatback has been folded down be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get caught or pinched in the rear seat A seat belt with
212. he locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorised KIA dealer Continued Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper and B pillars where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorised KIA dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance A WARNING if equipped with rollover sensor If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag set the ignition switch to OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed The side and curtain air bag may deploy when the ignitions is ON and the rollover sensor detects the situation as a rollover 1VQA2084 H Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collisi
213. he random sequence 4 GB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back Features of your vehicle PA760SLG_USB 5 Bes Button Plays 10 seconds of each song in the USB device Press the button once again to cancel scanning 6 L20 M diS Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to parent folder display the first song in the folder Press knob to move to the folder displayed PA760SLG_USB 7 Rew Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of File Name Title Artist Album gt Folder Total File Normal Display gt File Name Displays no information if the file has no song information 8 WILIS Knob amp GNU Button Turn this button clockwise to display the songs next to the currently played song Turn the button counterclockwise to dis play the songs before the currently played song Press the button to skip and play the selected song Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not
214. heel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Private Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Calls message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Mute the Microphone if equipped Press button on the audio e To Finish a Call Press J button on the steering wheel m Making a Phone Call A Call Back can be made by pressing button on the steering wheel This is the same function as using the button solely on the mobile phone X NOTICE Some phone models require pressing button twice to make a call X NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NM amp Ge J Features of your vehicle m Using the head unit as Bluetooth music This audio system supports A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Aud
215. hicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the KEY OUT indicator will blink And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator will turn off whilst the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you Driving your vehicle CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst the vehi cle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If the traffic and road con ditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position whilst the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine X l iaaa5 OSL050006 NOTICE If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key and pull it out Continued Continued e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds whilst it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depr
216. high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Light on indicator if equipped sDO The indicator illuminates when the tail lights or headlights are ON The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights are ON This indicator illuminates when the rear fog lights are ON Front fog light indicator if equipped Rear fog light indicator if equipped Features of your vehicle Engine oil pressure warning light ne This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates whilst driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorised KIA dealer A CAUTION If the engine is not stopped immedi ately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result A CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this h
217. holder and tighten to secure the seat Refer to the previ ous page WARNING e Do not install a child restraint seat at the centre of the rear seat using the vehicle s ISOFIX anchors The ISOFIX anchors are only provided for the left and right outboard rear seating posi tions Do not misuse the ISOFIX anchors by attempting to attach a child restraint seat in the middle of the rear seat to the ISOFIX anchors In a crash the child restraint seat ISOFIX attachments may not be strong enough to secure the child restraint seat properly in the cen tre of the rear seat and may break causing serious injury or death Do not mount more than one child restraint to a child restraint lower anchorage point The improper increased load may cause the anchorage points or tether anchor to break causing serious injury or death Continued Continued e Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX com patible child restraint seat only to the appropriate locations shown in the illustration e Always follow the installation and use instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint Safety features of your vehicle Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions For Europe vehicle ISOFIX positions Mass Group Size Class Rear Outboard Rear Outboard Rear Center Driver side Passenger side Carrycot 0 UP to 10kg 0 UP to 13kg 9 to 18kg B1 A IUF Suitable for ISOFIX forward chi
218. ht is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in NOTICE position after adjusting it to proper With the seat warmer switch in ON ly protect the occupants position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats whilst the seat warmer Is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur AX WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passen gers Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facil itate carrying long items or to incre
219. ic design characteris tics give them a higher centre of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehi cles any more than low slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satis factorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way Driving your vehicle WARNING Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle SUV failure to operate this vehi cle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover e Utility vehicles have a significant ly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance nar rower track etc give this vehicle a higher centre of gravity than ordinary vehicles A SUV is not designed for corner ing at the same speeds as con ventional vehicles Avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more like
220. ied pressure Refer to Tyres and wheels in section 8 6 Reinstall the inflation valve cap Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 4 Owner maintenance 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 33 Engine oil 7 36 Engine coolant 7 37 Brake fluid 7 40 Power steering fluid 7 41 Washer fluid 7 42 Parking brake 7 42 Fuel filter 7 43 Air cleaner 7 44 Climate control air filter 7 46 Wiper blades 7 48 Battery 7 51 Maintenance Tyres and wheels 7 53 Fuses 7 61 Light bulbs 7 76 Appearance care 7 85 Emission control system 7 91 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E Petrol Engine 1 6L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal Fuse box Air cleaner ON OO FB WY Engine oil dipstick 9 Radiator cap 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 11 Power steering fluid reservoir if equipped OSLO072001R OLM079001R Maintenance ass E Diesel Engine Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Fuel filter Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal CONDO OF WN Fuse box 9 Air cleaner 10 Radiator cap 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 12 Power steering fluid reservoir if equipped The actual engine compar
221. if equipped 1 2 Make sure the parking brake is applied Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst the vehi cle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If the traffic and road con ditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position whilst the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a If your vehicle is equipped with a kick down mechanism in the accelerator pedal it prevents you from driving at full throttle unintentionally by making the driver require increased effort to depress the accelerator pedal However maximum of 10 seconds then if you depress the pedal more than release the key approximately 80 the vehicle can be 4 In extremely cold weather below at full throttle and the accelerator pedal 18 C O F or after the vehicle has will be easier to depress This is not a not been operated for several days let malfunction but a nor
222. ill flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher whilst the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILST DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing e If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place If your vehicle has a manual transaxle not equipped with a ignition lock switch the vehicle can move forward by shifting to the 2 Second or 3 third gear and then turning the starter with out depressing the clutch pedal If you have a flat tyre whilst driv ing If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down whilst driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possi ble and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle i
223. illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Check stop lamp fuse When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds with the engine start stop button in ACC Features of your vehicle Press start button again If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works nor mally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehicle to an authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked Shift to P or N to start the engine If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but fo
224. inal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e A child restraint system must Continued e Sitting improperly or out of posi never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimise the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag whilst the vehicle is in motion Continued tion can result in serious or fatal Injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tred on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort
225. ine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Volume Classification 1 1 6L o 3 3 1 3 49 US at ACEA A5 or above Petrol Engine 4 1 1 4 33 US at API Service SM Engine oil drain and refill 4 6 I 4 86 US qt ILSAC GF 4 or above with DPF 8 0 8 45 US qt ACEA C3 Diesel Engine without DPF 4 8 0 8 45 US qt ACEA B4 Normal driving condition MAX 1 1 1500 km Ba Engine oil consumption Severe driving condition MAX 1 7 1000 km Bm 2 1 2 2 2 22 2 32 US qt Petrol Engine Manual transaxle fluid 1 6L 2 4L API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 1 8 1 9 7 1 90 2 01 US qt Diesel Engine Diesel Engine Petrol Engine 7 1 1 7 50 US qt EE SEAN SK ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid l l NOCA ATF SP IV Diesel Engine 7 8 1 8 24 US qt KIA genuine ATE SP IV Power steering 1 0 1 06 US at PSF 3 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along you are able to use API service SL with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reduc Diesel Particulate Filter ing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often 5 MT Manual transaxle these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in 6 AT Automatic transaxle a year
226. ine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Never mix different types of fluid CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID aF seein Checking the power Seed fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal tem perature Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level NOTICE Check that the fluid level is in the HOT range on the reservoir If the fluid is cold check that it is in the COLD range In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an autho rised KIA dealer CAUTION e To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level e Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty e When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise fr
227. ing on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Shift lever Button vay TO Shift depress the brake pedal and press the button when the ignition switch is in the ON position If your vehicle is equipped with the shift lock system Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OSL050009R Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever x NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your displays the shift lever position when the transaxle do not accelerate the ignition switch is in the ON position engine in R Reverse or any for
228. io Video Remote Control Profile Both profiles are available for listening to the MP3 music via Bluetooth mobile phone supporting above Bluetooth profiles To play MP3 music from the Bluetooth mobile phone press the button until MP3 Play is displayed on the LCD Then try playing music by phone When playing music from the Bluetooth mobile phone the head unit displays MP3 MODE x NOTICE e Not only MP3 files all the sounds that the phone supports can be heard by the audio system e The Bluetooth mobile phones shall feature A2DP and AVRCP functions e Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth mobile phones may not play music through the head unit on first try Please try the below ie Menu Filemanager Music Option Play via Bluetooth Continued Continued e Please refer to User s Guide of your phone for more To stop music try stop playing music from the phone then change the audio mode to other than MP3 Play mode e g FM AM CD etc A CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH MOBILE PHONE e Do not use a mobile phone or per form Bluetooth settings e g pairing a phone whilst driving e Some Bluetooth enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system e Before using Bluetooth related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth opera tions e The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth related
229. is indicator illuminates when the immobiliser key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The indicator goes out after the engine is run ning If this indicator blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before start ing the engine have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immo biliser indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for approximately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few seconds to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine e f the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle have the system checked by an authorised KIA dealer e When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder Also if the smart key system related parts have a prob lem the indicator will
230. is manner Driving your vehicle OSL050031L To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 2 0 km h 1 2 mph Diesel engine each time the SET switch is operated in this manner To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OSLO050033L To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 20 km h 12 mph Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your p
231. ise will disappear This is a normal condition CAUTION If the EPS system does not operate normally the warning light will illu minate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become dif ficult to control or operate abnormal ly Take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Tilt steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive whilst permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges OSL040025R To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 if equipped then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving Features of your vehicle OSL042250R Heated steering wheel if equipped With the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated s
232. ithin the tachometer s RED ZONE A This may cause severe engine dam F m F OSL040065 0SL040042 age Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the 130 H position it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle a ia OSL040065 OSL040043 Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank CAUTION Avoid driving with a extremly low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the catalytic converter ee Odometer Tripmeter Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving such as odometer tripmeter distance to empty average speed driving time aver age fuel consumption and instant
233. ition This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Depress the button and move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition OSLO050036R Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following Driving your vehicle Type A 1 Press the shift lock release button 1 2 Depress the button 2 and move the shift lever 3 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorised KIA dealer immediately Type B 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 1 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Depress
234. ivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorised KIA dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorised KIA dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing f
235. justed to remove slack When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving This could result in loss of con trol and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily Make sure there is nothing in the buckle The seat belt may not be fastened securely Safety features of your vehicle 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning Type A If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning light will blink until the belt is fastened If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is ON the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds At this time if the seat belt is fastened the chime will stop at once OAM039043R Q Type B As a reminder to the driver and front pas senger the driver s 1 and front passen ger s 2 seat belt warning lights will illu minate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the d
236. ked ESP OFF indicator ro if equipped 22 OFF The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESP OFF mode press the ESP OFF button The ESP OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESP is deactivated ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control if equipped com The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driv ing conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESC will oper ate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating ESC OFF indicator if equipped 22 OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated If this indicator stays on when ESC OFF is not selected the ESC may have a malfunction Take your vehicle to an authorised KIA dealer and have the system checked Some countries use the term ESC Electronic stability control instead of ESP Please refer to the term your country use DBC Downhill brake con trol indicator if equipped The DBC indicator will illuminate when th
237. l has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM reception IONOSPHERE _ JBMO002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station Mountains BY JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings mountains or other obstruc tions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal
238. laced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorised KIA dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded con tact an authorised KIA dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Always follow the precauti
239. ld be checked at an authorised KIA dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorised KIA dealer X NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Dual temperature control selection button Passenger s temperature control knob A C display Mode selection button Air conditioning button Fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control knob AUTO automatic control button 9 Rear window defroster button 10 Air intake control button 11 Blower OFF button 12 Front windscreen defroster button if equipped O N OAR WN OSL040078R Features of your vehicle OSL040079R Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will
240. ld restraints systems of universal A ISO F3 Full Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height 720mm Mi Hi category approved for use in the mass group B ISO F2 Reduced Height Forward Facing toddler CRS height IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems CRS given 650mm in the attached list These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific B1 ISO F2X Reduced Height Second Version Back Surface Shape vehicle restricted or semi universal categories Forward Facing toddler CRS height 650mm X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in C ISO R3 Full Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS this mass group and or this size class D ISO R2 Reduced Size Rearward Facing toddler CRS E ISO R1 Infant Size Rearward Facing CRS F ISO L1 Left Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot G ISO L2 Right Lateral Facing position CRS carry cot Both ISO R2 and ISO R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures Safety features of your vehicle Recommended child restraint systems For Europe Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation ECE R44 Approval No rearward facing with vehicle Group 0 1 FAIR G0 1 S FAIR S r l E4 04443718 specific ISOFIX platform type D 0 18kg Baby Safe Plus BrtaxR mer R mer with vehicle 3 point safety seatbelt E1 04301146 04301146 forward facing with vehicle F
241. ld water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of the doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any acid detergent It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Maintenance ee Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your v
242. lease the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park ing brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set Driving your vehicle When you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the manual transaxle in Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down whilst you e Start your engine e Shift into gear and e Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transaxle fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another important item to frequently check Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering its a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving M
243. ll the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise 11 Connect the power connector to the back of the headlight assembly 12 Reinstall the headlight assembly to the body of the vehicle 1 OSLO70056L Turn signal light Position light Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Maintenance OSLO70053L Front fog light bulbs if equipped 1 Remove the front bumper under cover 2 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 3 Disconnect the power connector from the socket 4 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 5 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clockwise 6 Connect the power connector to the socket 7 Reinstall
244. lp keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats After inserting the seat belt tighten the OSL030024 B210A02NF 2 The actual feature may differ from the illus tration To release the seat belt When you want to release the seat belt press the button 1 in the locking buckle Stowing the rear seat belt e The rear seat belt buckles can be WARNING The centre lap belt latching mecha nism is different from those for the rear seat shoulder belts When fas tening the rear seat shoulder belts or the centre lap belt make sure they are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum protec tion from the seat belt system and assure proper operation stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use The centre seat belt can be stowed with the plate and webbing rolled in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion 2 point static type belt if equipped belt webbing by pulling it up A CAUTION When using the seat belt use it after taking it out of the guides If you pull the seat belt when it is stored in the guides it may damage the guides and or belt webbing Safety features of your vehicle OED030300 H Pre tensioner seat belt if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s
245. lst you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead whilst you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the kerb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the kerb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no kerb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Driving your vehicle e Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily whilst you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehi cle cannot roll Then release the park ing brake e Do not hold the vehicl
246. luid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorised KIA dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily whilst you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed Carry em
247. ly Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of a following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 10 m 30 feet e The battery in the transmitter is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an autho rised KIA dealer Features of your vehicle CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or other liquids it will not be covered by your manu facturer s vehicle warranty A CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty OED039003A Battery replacement A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the f
248. ly return the lever to the OFF position Features of your vehicle To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and m Type A m Type C hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnor mally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function if equipped To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn m Type B m Type D signal lever slightly for less than 1 5 second and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the cir cuit OBK049052L OAM049046 OAM049046R OAM049046R 1 Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned on after the parklight is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the OFF position A CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle m Type A m Type C NOTICE To turn on the rear fog light switch the ignition switch must be in the ON position Daytime running light if equip
249. mal condition the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle Starting the diesel engine if equipped To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position Glow indicator light W 60 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to pre heat the engine Then the glow indicator light will illuminate 4 If the glow indicator light goes out turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key x NOTICE If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet
250. mall items CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed whilst driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage x d i compartment that the storage foe OSLo40100 H OSL040101 H compartment cover cannot close securely Centre console storage Glove box if equipped To open the glove box pull the handle To open the centre console storage pull and the glove box will automatically WARNING Flammable up the lever open Close the glove box after use materials Do not store cigarette lighters propane cylinders or other flamma A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods accident or sudden stop always keep the glove box door closed whilst driving CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time 4 104 Features of your vehicle X NOTICE Whilst using the cooling function a os small amount of condensed moisture could damage your pieces of paper i Wy e JF Fe OSLO40103 see OSL040102R Glove box cooling if equipped Sunglass holder if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other To open the sunglass holder press the items cool using the open close lever of cover and the holder will slowly open the ve
251. mart key in section 5 Features of your vehicle Smart key precautions NOTICE e If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorised KIA dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorised KIA dealer to protect it from potential theft e The smart key will not work if any of the following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a mobile phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty OSL040005 Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for sever al years but if the smart key is not work ing properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the batte
252. ment panel Safety features of your vehicle CAUTION e The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment e When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat _ x ES longer than necessary whilst the OSL030006 H OSL030007 H engine is not running Forward and backward Seatback angle e Do not operate two or more power Push the control switch forward or back Push the control switch forward or back seat control switches at the same ward to move the seat to the desired ward to move the seatback to the desired time Doing so may result in Position Release the switch once the angle Release the switch once the seat power seat motor or electrical Seat reaches the desired position reaches the desired position component malfunction Safety features of your vehicle MA L ane Fuse j Ee s bET i wneeerns r OSL030008 H Seat height for driver s seat Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OSL030009 H Lumbar support for driver s seat if equipped The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the button OLM039303N Front headrest The
253. mes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colourless odourless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyx lation e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorised KIA dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
254. mission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol engines e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off e Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorised KIA dealer e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties N E a el Maintenance Diesel Particulate Filter if equipped The Diesel Particulate Filter DPF sys tem removes the soot emitted from the vehicle Unlike a disposable air filter the DPF system automatically burns oxidizes and removes the accumulated soot according to the driving condition In other words the active burning by engine control system and high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal high driv ing condition burns and removes the accumulated soot However if
255. mpartment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the bonnet until it is about 30 cm 1 ft above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light ly and make sure that it is securely closed a A OSL040020R OSL040021 Opening the fuel filler lid 1 Stop the engine The fuel filler lid must be opened from 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull up the inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel fuel filler lid opener filler lid opener 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler NOTICE cap 2 counterclockwise If the fuel filler lid does not open 5 Refuel as needed because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle Continued Use only approved portable plas A WARNING Refuelling dangers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refuelling pl
256. n dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorised KIA dealer tight en the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 lb ft ee eee ees ee gets e e e e e What to do in an emergency If you have a tyre gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tyre pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tyre If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tyre in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations N CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nu
257. n dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight Always check the seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child After an accident have an autho rised KIA dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Rearward facing child restraint system ny Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required The child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be i
258. n driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tyre each time you check the pressure of other tyres Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tyres can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tyres have been damaged replace them Checking tyre inflation pressure Check your tyres once a month or more Also check the tyre pressure of the spare tyre How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tyre pressure You can not tell if your tyres are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tyres may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tyre s inflation pressure when the tyres are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Remove the valve cap from the tyre valve stem Press the tyre gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pres sure measurement If the cold tyre inflation pressure matches the rec ommended pressure on the tyre and loading information label no further adjustment is necessary If the pres sure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tyre release air by pushing on the metal stem in the centre of the tyre valve Recheck the tyre pressure with the tyre gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems Th
259. n P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tyre follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls whilst driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an autho rised KIA dealer or seek other quali fied assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check the fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4
260. ne number 8 8 Specifications amp Consumer information E A Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE tem mm ny 4440 174 8 1855 73 0 1635 64 4 1645 64 8 1614 63 5 1607 63 3 1596 62 8 1615 63 6 2 1608 63 3 1597 62 9 2640 103 9 1 with roof rack 2 with 215 70R16 tyre 3 with 225 60R17 tyre Tail light 4 with 235 55R18 tyre Rear turn signal lights 21 or 27 Back up lights High mounted stop light 5 or LED License plate lights Position lights Side repeater lights Front fog lights Rear fog light Stop and tail lights Map lamps Room lamps Luggage lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamps if equipped Specifications amp Consumer information Inflation pressure Normal load Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque I tm Gb em Front Rear Front Rear TYRES AND WHEELS Gai 65 79 88 107 215 70R16 6 5Jx16 l 2 3 2 3 23 2 3 Full size tyre 225 60R17 6 5Jx17 33 230 33 230 33 230 33 230 235 55R18 7 0Jx18 Compact spare tyre 1155 90R16 peer 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 vo OTx if equipped T155 90D16 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420 Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote eng
261. ng 1 Check the tyre pressures recommend A CAUTION ed for your vehicle e When lifting up the vehicle do not 2 Place the front wheels on the roll operate front and rear wheel sep tester for a speedometer test as shown arately All four wheels should be in the illustration operated 3 Release the parking brake e If you need to operate the front 4 Place the rear wheels on the tempo wheel and rear wheel when lifting rary free roller as shown in the illustra up the vehicle you should tion release the parking brake Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilst the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal Continued
262. nge the outside temperature dis play unit C lt F press the RESET button more than 1 second in this mode Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorised KIA dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low Air bag warning light A r ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on or con tinuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on whilst driving have the SRS inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Features of your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on whilst driving or does not
263. nroof 4 31 Steering wheel 4 35 Mirrors 4 38 Instrument cluster 4 42 Rear parking assist system 4 62 Rearview camera 4 65 Hazard warning flasher 4 65 Lighting 4 66 Wipers and washers 4 74 Interior light 4 80 Defroster 4 83 Manual climate control system 4 84 Automatic climate control system 4 92 Windscreen defrosting and defogging 4 101 Storage compartment 4 104 Interior features 4 107 Exterior features 4 114 Audio system 4 115 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number m Type A The key code number is iii stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorised KIA dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle e Used to start the engine e Used to lock and unlock the doors Type C To unfold the key press the release but ton then the key will unfold automatically To fold the key fold the key manually whilst pressing the release button A CAUTION Do not fold the key without press ing the release button This may damage the key OUNO26060 E Type C Type D To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a
264. nstalled in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats 1GHA2260 Installing a child restraint system with a lap belt on the centre rear seat if equipped Except Europe amp Australia To install a child restraint system on the centre rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system on the centre rear seat 2 Extend the latch plate tongue of the lap belt 3 Route the lap belt through the restraint according to the restraint manufactur er s instructions 4 Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on the child restraint by pulling on the loose end of the belt After installation of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed Safety features of your vehicle E2MS103005 OEN036101 OEN036104 Installing a child restraint system 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into 3 Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat with a lap shoulder belt the buckle Listen for the distinct click belt to take up any slack After installa To install a child restraint system on the sound tion of the child restraint system try to outboard seats do the following Position the release button so that it is ae it in all directions to be sure T easy to access in case of an emerg
265. nt 7 83 Interlock SYSTEM rrtrrtrressssessrsrsssrereerreerrreeereeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeees 5 21 Position light bulb replacement ee 7 78 ISOFIX SYSTEM rrrrrrrsrsrssressrrresrerrerereerereeereeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeees 3 37 Rear combination light bulb replacement Ee EAE EEEa 7 80 Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 79 J Turn signal light bulb replacement e 7 78 Lighting aeaaaee EEE E EEAS 4 65 Jack and tools en Cr Cr ee re or eer ree 6 7 B attery saver Cie ee Te crc rrr errs 4 65 Jump starting paapadabaaainG Realy a a wn paeeanas newaieanennaes 6 4 Lubricants and capacities ee ee ee 8 4 Luggage net holder ereire iranians 4 111 K Luggage rack see roof rack eeeeeeeeeeeseerereterereererees 4 114 Lumbar SUppOTt WEE 3 7 E s sssrssssssssasacesescassasavonsnosnananssnanstvavavancavens 5 4 KEYS ererrrrrerrrrrerrsrreersrreersrrrererrerrernrerernrtnernetneenernerneenerseenet 4 3 M L Raise Retest EN E E A E 7 66 Maintenance Label Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 33 Air bag warning label s s ssssssssssosssssssesacsarsvasoaseoeaeas 3 60 Maimtenance seryiceg saessnecendntaaeansoadceeocdsactaaseatnonsenanras 7 4 Tyre sidewall labeling sssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 7 59 Maintenance under severe usage conditions Tyre specification and pressure label lt s 8 8 Diese jesien siosana 7 19 7 31 1 6 Maintenance under severe usage conditions Petrol jeene 7 13 7 25 Normal m
266. nt installed in the glove box Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sunglass holder 1 Turn on the air conditioning system push it up 2 Move the open close lever 1 of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position When the cool box is not used turn the lever to its closed position lt Features of your vehicle zi a O Luggage box if equipped You can place a first aid kit a reflector tri angle tools etc in the box for easy access Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage box Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES A WARNING e Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating m A CAUTION AE V A OSL040105R Only a genuine KIA lighter should 7 Sigeistie lighter if equipped be used in the cigarette lighter Ashtray if equipped socket The use of plug in acces sories shavers hand held vacu ums and coffee pots etc may damage the socket or cause electri To use the ashtray open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out For the cigarette lighter to work the igni tion switch must be in the ACC position or the ON position To use the cigarette lighte
267. nths ENT For China India Middle East Replace every 15 000 km 10 000 miles Ze a ely stele See pe A po R Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 96 MAINTENANCE ITEM Inspect drive belt tensioner idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace 2 Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km 350 miles or before starting a long trip Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE DIESEL ENGINE EXCEPT AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first mons 12 24 36 60 72 a o 100 120 140 160 MAINTENANCE ITEM Vapour hose and fuel filler cap 20 40 60 00 l M M Fuel lines hoses and connections Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 8 This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel lt EN590 or equivalent gt If the diesel fuel specifications don t meet the EN590 it must be replaced more frequently KIA recommends every 7 500km inspection every 15 000km replacement If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised KIA dealer for details Maintenance NO
268. ntrol SYSTEM srreeeterreerrresreererereereeee 7 92 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items lt 7 33 lc eeisal Gecko Te ee ec ee 7 85 Exterior features es ssssssssssssesesssesseessseseseeseseseseseseeee 4 114 ee a ee ee ee 4 114 F Flat tyre with spare tyre E 6 7 Changing tyres sssssssssssessessssevssesenssetsesanenavasevencueass 6 8 Compact Spare A oC 6 13 Jack and tools Seats vc csvensvmerassa rion scnee tess soceaoesanees 6 7 Removing and storing the spare tyre eeeeeereeeeeeeee 6 8 Floor mat ANCHORS aesneisesniacorarervneseaonnieadenhenenedsceninan 4 111 Fluid Masher iiid Arnain ANRA EARN 7 42 AILE a EENE EE 7 40 Folding iskisclcst G er seitin vsa odasi 3 14 Four wheel drive AW Heriisiirsssreitisioiuessrscrupsesisdestzesi 5 23 Front fog light bulb replacement oeeeeereesseserrerresersereesses 7 79 Front seat adjustment manual s sssssssssssssssssessseseeseseeeeeo 3 4 Front seat adjustment 00 MEE 3 5 Ped de A E ET A E E 4 28 Fuel fiter Cor diesel eermecuaviteiavirraninaoasikrsoiti 7 43 Fuel gauge seeeseererresresrerestensestesenrenseseesensensestesennenneseesenses 4 45 Fuel requirements e EE SEESE SE TEE E EE EEEE EEEa EEE ES 1 3 a ET E E EE A E 7 63 Fuse relay panel description eeerereseerrerrereererresses 7 67 TWA Sei A OEE T 7 66 Memory fuse seeeeeeerereereeresresererseseesersesesersennesneserrenses 7 65 G Gauge Engine temperature ga aUge eeeeeeeseeeererereererseeessesessesees 4 44 Fuel
269. nvironment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation e When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners e Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected Continued Maintenance Continued e The electrical ignition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death CAUTION If you use unauthorized electric devices the battery may be dis charged Never use unauthorized devices Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on whilst the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load whilst the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours AX WARNING Recharging battery recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near th
270. o be invalid the engine will not start To activate the immobiliser system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobiliser system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start To deactivate the immobiliser system Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position A WARNING In order to prevent theft of your vehicle do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle Your Immobiliser password is a cus tomer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehi cle Features of your vehicle x NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobiliser keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately in order to avoid a start ing malfunction CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal acces sories may interrupt the transpon der signal and may prevent the engine from being started X NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobiliser system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobiliser system malfunction could occur CAUTION
271. o indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed Features of your vehicle NOTICE Non immobiliser system e Avoid trying to start the engine whilst the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed except China If you lose your keys consult your authorised KIA dealer NOTICE Immobiliser system e If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorised KIA dealer CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorised KIA deal er Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty DOOR LOCKS nn Unlock Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the dri
272. of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operat ing If the fan is not running turn the engine off On belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorised KIA dealer for assistance heating wait until the engine tempera ture has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an autho rised KIA dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorised KIA dealer What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TYRE wit SPARE TYRE IF EQUIPPED l OSL060004 Jack and tools The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Ja
273. old Tyres means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tyre wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 OSLO70101R All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the vehicle CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tyre pres sures at the proper levels If a tyre frequently needs refilling have it checked by an autho rised KIA dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the centre of the tyre tread and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Maintenance CAUTION Warm tyres normally exceed recommended cold tyre pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tyres to adjust the pres sure or the tyres will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tyre inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible N CAUTION Tyre pressure Always observe the following e Check tyre pressure when the tyres are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t bee
274. ollowing procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter centre cover 1 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illustra tion 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For transmitter replacement see an authorised KIA dealer to reprogram the transmitter CAUTION e The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorised KIA dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight A CAUTION An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OSL040001 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and tailgate and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are lo
275. om the power steering system e The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it Use only the specified power steering fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capacities in section 8 Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for oil leaks dam age and twists in the power steering hose before driving Maintenance WASHER FLUID ns i f OSL070010 Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windscreen Washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under cer tain circumstances Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windscreen washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contacting windscreen washer fl
276. omatic transaxle fluid if equipped Every 100 000 km 62 000 miles CK Steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect Ore frequently iG Ble eG depending on the condition Propeller shaft if equipped oo Every 20 000 km 12 500 miles or 12 months CIE Maintenance Maintenance operation MAINTENANCE ITEM Front suspension ball joints Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors Parking brake Drive shaft and boots Climate control air filter if equipped Rear differential oil 4WD Transfer case oil 4WD Severe driving conditions A Repeated short distance driving B Extensive idling C Driving in dusty rough roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E Driving in sandy areas F More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles Maintenance intervals Driving condition Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E F G Inspect more frequently depending on the condition E Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D G H Inspect more frequently C DEF G depending on the condition H I K Replace more frequently CEG depending on the condition C DEGIKH C D E G I K H Driving in mountainous areas Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack Driving for patrol car taxi commercial car or vehicle tow ing
277. ompartment on the driver side A CAUTION m Type B To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty OAM049103N OXM049103E OXM049235L OXM049126R OXM049126R 1 E Type C A CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or wind screen do not operate the wipers when the wind screen is dry e To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use petrol kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other com ponents do not attempt to move the wipers manually Rear window wiper and washer switch Features of your vehicle The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end m Type A m Type D of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON _ Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF O Wiper is not in operation E Type B E Type E m Type C OXM049125 OXM049125L OXM049234L OXM049125R OXM049125R 1 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT A CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge Map lamp Room lamp
278. omply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your vehicle audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correct ly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle E CD Player PA710SLG E CD Changer PA760SLG There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported SL_PA710 CDP GEN SL PA760 CDC GEN Features of your vehicle PA760SLG_RADIO Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 BD Button Turns to FM mode and toggles FM1and FM2 when the button is pressed each time 2 BZ Button Pressing the AM button selects the AM band AM Mode is displayed on the LCD 3 QUJ Button amp Knob Turns on off the set when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON If the button is turned to the right it increases the volume and left decreases the volume e Adjusts the volume of the car audio system Rotate clockwise to increase the volume or counterclockwise to decrease 4 HTG Button e When the button is pressed it increases the band frequency to auto matically select channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found e When the button is pressed it reduces the band frequency to automat ically select channel Stops at the previ ous frequency if no channel is found 5 Bez Button e When the button is pressed it automati cally scans the radio stations u
279. on ON ESP and ESP OFF indi lt e When the Electronic Stability gt gt press the ESP OFF button cator lights illuminate for Program is operating proper OFF ESP OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds ly you can feel a slight pulsa minates then ESP is turned on tion in the vehicle This is only e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESP OFF button for the effect of brake control and to LOCK position when ESP at least half a second after indicates nothing unusual is off ESP remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn e When moving out of the mud restarting the engine the ESP off ESP OFF indicator or slippery road pressing the ESP will automatically turn on will illuminate To turn the accelerator pedal may not again ESP on press the ESP OFF cause the engine rpm revo button ESP OFF indicator lutions per minute to light will go off increase e When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESP per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Driving your vehicle E ESP indicator light ee E ESP OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to the ON position the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESP system is oper ating normally The ESP indicator light blinks whenever ESP is operating or illuminates when ESP fails to operate ESP OFF indicator light comes on when the ESP is
280. on depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle J Se OLM032312N Side impact and curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment NOTICE if equipped with rollover sensor Also the side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of th
281. on t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption e Don t ride the brake or clutch pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tyres Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tyre wear Check the tyre pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting kerbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tyre wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in Section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see Section 7 for de
282. on the tyre sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tyre consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tyre size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 represents that the tyre was produced in the 16th week of 2011 4 Tyre ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tyre Tyre manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tyre which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction Maintenance ee 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tyre Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tyre and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tyre When replacing the tyres on the vehicle always use a tyre that has the same load rating as the factory install
283. onditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorised KIA dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped e f stalled in Snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tyre chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possi
284. onous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective glasses and be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low the battery may rupture or explode What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles come in contact 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections N CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative te
285. ons about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual Safety features of your vehicle Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section X NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Safety Standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standards of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the
286. op the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immedi ately OXM079005 Checking the engine oil level If it is near or at L add incu oil to bring OLM079003N 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground A CAUTION Di the level to F Do not overfill 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach ae ce Sge i normal operating temperature Overfilling the engine oil may cause Use a funnel to help prevent oil from 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few severe dieseling due to churning being spilled on engine components minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to effect It Sher die pe eae damage es return to the oil pan accompanied with abrupt engine Use only the specified engine oil Refer speed increment combustion noise to Recommended lubricants and capaci 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and and white smoke emission ties in section 8 re insert it fully Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorised KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section WARNING Used engine oil may cause skin irri tation or cancer if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals Always pro tect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil ENGINE COOLANT The high pr
287. ost importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight CAUTION Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the A C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine When towing check the transaxle fluid more frequently If your vehicle is not equipped with air conditioning you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer Driving your vehicle If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control Do not do any towing with your car dur ing its first 2 000 km 1 200 miles in order to allow the engine to properly break in Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transaxle damage When towing a trailer be sure to con sult an authorised KIA dealer for fur ther information on additional require ments such as a towing kit etc Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 km h 60 mph On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight For Europe 80 80 80 Without brake 750 750 Maximum trailer weight System 1653 1653 kg Ibs 1653
288. our vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving WARNING 4WD Reduce speed when you turn cor ners The centre of gravity of 4WD vehicles is higher than that of con ventional 2WD vehicles making them more likely to roll over when you turn corners too fast OSL050035L AX WARNING Steering wheel Do not grab the inside of the steer ing wheel when you are driving off road You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering manoeuvre or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground You could lose control of the steer ing wheel e Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving off road e Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts AX WARNING Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind the vehicle s higher centre of gravity decreases your steering control Capacity and requires you to drive more slowly e If you need to drive in the water stop your vehicle set your transfer to the 4WD LOCK mode and drive at less than 8 km h 5 mph WARNING Driving through water Drive slowly If you are driving too fast in water the water can get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to suddenly stop If this happens and your vehicle is in a tilted position your vehicle may roll over Driving your vehicle
289. parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the driver s door and tailgate is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position ZN CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except driver s door the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore It causes the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the function can only operate at night At
290. parts and injection sys tem of the Common Rail If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible Overspeed warning light if equipped 120 km h Overspeed warning light If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning light will blink This is to prevent you from over speeding Overspeed warning chime If you drive with the speed of 120 km h or more the overspeed warning chime will sound for about 5 seconds This is to pre vent you from overspeeding Key reminder warning chime if equipped If the drivers door is opened whilst the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed 4WD system warning light if equipped ny When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD indicator will illumi nate and then go off in a few seconds If the 4WD system warning light illuminates this indicates that there is a malfunction in the 4WD system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possi ble 4WD LOCK indicator ert if equipped ry LOCK The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illumi nated when the 4WD LOCK button is pushed The purpose of this 4WD LOCK mode is to increase the dri
291. ped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful E after dawn and before sunset m Type B m Type D The DRL system will make the headlights light turn OFF when 1 The parklight switch is ON h 2 Engine stops OAM049046L OAM049046L 1 0AM049100R OAM049100R 1 Rear fog light if equipped To turn the rear fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the headlight on position and turn the rear fog light switch 1 to the on position The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the front fog light switch is turned on and the headlight switch is in the parklight position To turn the rear fog lights off turn the rear fog light switch to the on position again or turn the headlight switch off Features of your vehicle F OSL040234R Headlight levelling device if equipped Manual type To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area turn the beam levelling switch The higher the number of the switch position the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper levelling position or head lights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switc
292. pera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed Features of your vehicle Outside air Recirculate fs Trl Blower Climate control air filter Heater core Evaporator core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windscreen even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorised KIA dealer X NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate s
293. placed prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items MAINTENANCE ITEM Engine coolant Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first INTERVALS MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 4 amp 8 eo 72 84 j 6 Driveshaft and boots EA Ee EA EM Front suspension ball joints g Bolt and nuts on chassis and body E O hl CL lL Air conditioner refrigerant if equipped c kt Lh lL Air conditioner compressor if equipped w ln lc OL hl Climate control air filter if equipped FoR R R R R J R R R Manual transaxle fluid if equipped O a Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped NoE NO SEEE Transfer case oil 4WD Rear differential oil 4WD CM oe Propeller shaft if equipped Oo Ee oo O Exhaust system Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change 10 Manual transaxle fluid transfer case oil and differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water Maintenance MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS PETROL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace I Inspect and if
294. position when ever the ignition is turned on The DBC can be turned on or off by pushing the button Driving your vehicle Mode Indicator light Standby A illuminated Activated EP blinks Temporarily EA deactivated illuminated La OFF not illuminated Description Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under 40 km h 25 mph The DBC system will turn ON and enter the standby mode The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed is over 40 km h 25 mph In the standby mode if the vehicle speed is under 35 km h 22 mph whilst driving down a steep hill the DBC will activate automatically In the activated mode the DBC will temporarily deacti vate under the following conditions e The hill is not steep enough e The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed If the above conditions are gone the DBC will automat ically activate again The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions e The DBC button is pressed again e The vehicle speed is over 60 km h 38 mph 38 NOTICE The DBC does not turn ON in the P Park position The DBC may not activate if the ESP or BAS is activated Noise or vibration may occur from the brakes when the DBC is activated The rear stop light comes on when the DBC is activated On a very steep hill even though the brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed the DBC may not deacti vate Always turn OFF the DBC on normal roads The DBC mi
295. pping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally e The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an Icy road and have operated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light goes off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorised KIA dealer as soon as possible X NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of low bat tery voltage It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned e Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle Electronic stability program ESP If equipped T
296. ppropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually whilst releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Driving your vehicle FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD IF EQUIPPED Engine power can be delivered to all front and rear wheels for maximum traction 4WD is useful when extra traction is required on road such as when driving on slippery muddy wet or snow covered roads These vehicles are not designed for challenging off road use Occasional off road use such as_ established unpaved roads and trails are OK It is always important when travelling off highway that the driver carefully reduces the speed to a level that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those condi tions In general off road conditions pro vide less traction and braking effective ness than normal road conditions The driver must be especially alert to avoid driving on slopes which tilt the vehicle to either side These factors must be carefully consid ered when driving off road Keeping the vehicle in contact with the driving surface and under control in these conditions is always the driver s responsibility for the safety of him herself and his or her pas sengers Tight corner brake
297. pwards e The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds e Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the cur rently selected channel 6 Button AUTO STORE When the button is pressed it automati cally selects and saves channels with high reception rate to PRESET buttons CEH E and plays the channel saved in PRESET1 If no channel is saved after AST it will play the previous channel 7 PRESET Buttons Push SEHD EJ buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the channel saved in each button Push Preset button for 0 8 seconds or longer to save current chan nel to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle PA760SLG_RADIO 8 BPS Button Turn ON OFF the displayed data and light on LCD When LCD Display is turned OFF Press ant button to turn ON display 9 Button E CD Player PA710SLG Press this button to turn to the SETUP adjustment mode If no action is taken for 5 seconds after pressing the button it will return to the play mode After entering SETUP mode move between items using the left right and PUSH functions of the knob The setup changes in the order of Scroll SDVC PBass Media gt Scroll E CD Changer PA760SLG The setup Change in the order of Scroll gt SDVC RS Media Scroll e Scroll This function is used to display charac ters longer than the LCD te
298. r minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorised KIA dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over 4 Check to see if the water pump drive 6 lf you cannot find the cause of over heating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 2 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so Place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or Neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the bonnet stop the engine Do not open the bonnet until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss
299. r push it all the cal failure way into its socket When the element WARNING SET use has heated the lighter will pop out to the e Do ide ate it elie s ashtrays ready position as waste receptacles If it is necessary to replace the cigarette Putting lit cigarettes or matches lighter use only a genuine KIA replace in an ashtray with other com ment or its approved equivalent bustible materials may cause a fire Features of your vehicle Cup holder WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you may burn your self Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle To reduce the risk of a personal injury in the event of a sudden stop or collision do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles glasses cans etc in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion A WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up It may explode OSL040149 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders if equipped OLM049207R Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or
300. r the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OCM054012 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tyre just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 3 cm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tyre line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs What to do in an emergency 10 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight Jiggle the tyre to be sure it is completely seated then tight en the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OLM069007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench ha
301. r driving in heavy rain or washing headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an authorised KIA dealer Ne an a e gt OSL070029 Headlight position light turn sig nal light front fog light bulb replacement 1 Front turn signal light SE 2 Headlight High 3 Headlight Low 4 Position light Front fog light if equipped 4 5 Nr Sr r Maintenance J OSLO70054L OHD076046 Headlight bulb 1 Open the bonnet 2 Loosen the retaining bolts and remove the headlight assembly from the body of the vehicle 3 Disconnect the power connector from the back of the headlight assembly Maintenance OSLO70055L Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and push ing it upward Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 9 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 10 Insta
302. r lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness An authorised KIA dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 km h 45 mph to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimise heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle Driving you
303. r malfunction NOTICE It is normal for wrinkles to form on the blind because of its material character istic Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Power steering if equipped Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorised KIA dealer CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or left for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump X NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunc tions the steering effort will greatly increase x NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 10 C 14 F the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing the accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three minutes to warm up the fluid
304. r mode is shift ed into 4WD LOCK mode again X NOTICE When driving on normal roads deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the 4WD LOCK button the indicator light goes off Driving on normal roads with 4WD LOCK mode especially when cornering may cause mechanical noise or vibration The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated Some parts of the power train may be dam aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration e When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels This shock is not a mechanical failure Driving your vehicle For safe four wheel drive opera tion HILL1 HILL2 e When you are driving up or down hills drive as straight as possible Use extreme caution in going up or down steep hills since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the grade terrain and water mud conditions e Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme skill to maintain control of the vehicle Drivin our vehicle You must consciously take the effort to learn how to corner in a 4WD vehicle Do not rely on your experience in con ventional 2WD vehicles in choosing safe cornering speed in 4WD mode For starters you must drive more slow ly in 4WD Drive carefully off road because y
305. r vehicle CAUTION e When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the dial towards H or 130 C HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools down You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently You must decide the driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating Parking on hills Generally if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle you should not park your vehicle on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if unex pectedly roll downhill However if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill here s how to do it 1 Pull the vehicle into the parking space Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the kerb left if headed down hill right if headed up hill If the vehicle has a manual transaxle place the car in neutral If the vehicle has an automatic transaxle place the car in P Park Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly re
306. r your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press start button while turn steering If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the ENGINE START STOP button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the ENGINE START STOP button while turn ing the steering wheel right and left Check steering wheel lock If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINE START STOP button light blinks for 10 seconds Low washer liquid This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Operation of the rear parking assist system Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 5 km h 3 mph the system may not be activated correctly e The sensing distance whilst the rear parking assist system is in operation is l sors S approximately 120 cm 47 in A Lr E e When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized fi
307. rake per feet long Attach a white or red cloth formance will be reduced Stop often about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the and let the brakes cool off middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing What to do in an emergency N CAUTION Automatic transaxle e If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neu tral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes OLM069017L To avoid serious damage to the Tie down hook automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph vernatpeatow ing equipped and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when towing e Before towing check the auto matic transaxle for fluid leaks under your vehicle If the auto matic transaxle fluid is leaking flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY IF EQUIPPED There are some emergency commodities in the vehicle to help you respond to the emergency situation Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you know how to use the fire extinguisher take the follow ing steps carefully 1 Pull the pin at the top of the extin guisher that keeps the handle from being accidentally pressed 2 Aim
308. ration of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored If you do not focus on driving it may cause an accident Be care ful when operating what may dis turb driving such as audio or heater It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely KEY POSITIONS IF EQUIPPED OSL050001 Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your con venience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed OYF059016 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft if equipped The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative X NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key whilst turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition
309. rcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Rear parking assist system pre cautions e The rear parking assist system may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected e The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance e The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution e When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are remove
310. rely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each posi tion IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation KIA recommends that only the KIA floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Features of your vehicle a has Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net If necessary contact your authorised KIA dealer to obtain a luggage net CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment A WARNING To avoid eye injury DO NOT over stretch the luggage net ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net s recoil path DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or dam age Cargo security screen if equipped Use the cargo security screen to hide items stored in the cargo area Features of your vehicle OSL
311. reviously preset speed OSL050032L To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the Cruise ON OFF or switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph OSL050030L To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the Cruise ON OFF or switch the Cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a litre gallon of fuel To operate your vehi cle as economically as possible use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you d
312. rivers or front passengers seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned ON the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9km h the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6km h If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20km h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approxi mately 100 seconds and the correspon ding warning light will blink X NOTICE e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the centre fascia panel e Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 sec onds e The front passenger s seat belt warn ing may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Front seat ji To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 whilst press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position B180A01NF 1 H Lap shoulder belt To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab
313. rmal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After the periods or distance shown in the chart continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first MAINTENANCE INTERVATS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 ITEM Km x1 000 15 30 45 60 75 105 120 Drive belts Engine oil and engine oil filter Pee E n EA n e R Spark plugs Replace every 40 000 km Fuel additives Add every 5 000 km or 6 months Inspect and if nece
314. rs designed to carry and store petrol Do not use mobile phones whilst refuelling Electric current and or electronic interference from mobile phones can potentially ignite fuel vapours causing a fire When refuelling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire Once refuelling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle whilst at a gas station especially during refuelling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle ZN CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 e If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine KIA cap or the equivalent speci fied for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a seri ous malfunction of the fuel sys tem or emission control system e Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refuelling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle PANORAMA SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OSL040022 If your vehicle is equipped wit
315. rs the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement Features of your vehicle OLM049023R Type C Auto up down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or raises the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position whilst the window is in operation pull up or press down and release the switch If the power window does not operate normally the automatic power window system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the drivers window and contin ue pulling up the drivers power win dow switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance whilst the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window i
316. rst The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 Types of warning sound in behind the vehicle e When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 This system is a supplemental system in to 32 in from the rear bumper and it is not intended to nor does it Buzzer beeps intermittently replace the need for extreme care and e When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 attention of the driver The sensing range in to 16 in from the rear bumper and objects detectable by the back sen Buzzer beeps more frequently sors are limited Whenever backing up e When an object is within 40 cm 15 in pay as much attention to what is behind of the rear bumper you as you would in a vehicle without a Buzzer sounds continuously rear parking assist system Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will Operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud moto
317. rt stop see engine start stop button s 5 8 Capacities Lubricants EE ta nkieiae ania banka Lanta aeanepeR 4 Care Exterior carr eeeeeseeisseereseissscinceris esns niassa k i aaa 7 85 lisse oC ee re 7 90 I E E 7 53 Cargo SECUTILY Sorea ette aie i AAG Cargo Weight sssssiscosassssserincsosscosssssnnsssasesosevenniosseunnesanas 5 65 Central door lock Swit hperr r ss eeeeeeeeettencaeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeesees 4 17 Centre console 5 0 6 oe 4 104 Chains Tyre Chains s ssessssveversnoestasssavavevsessvssnstusvavavassoverentes 5 57 Changing tyres ernaia 6 8 Checking tyre inflation PICSSULC eveeeeeeeeeeeeeee teste eee seen ee eeees 7 54 Child restraint SYSTEM eee 3 3 ISOFIX System reretia ieioea eee Tether anchor SOAs e 00 ee 3 36 Child protector rear door lock ssssssssssesosseeseeneseaeas 4 18 Climate control system Automatic sssteeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 92 Air Conditioning sererai 4 98 Automatic heating and air conditioning veee 4 93 Manual heating and air conditioning sseeeee ee 4 94 Index Climate control system Manual rrrrreeeeereeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 4 84 Air Conditioning ssssssssssssssssssesevsessosneseatavavssoanens 4 88 Heating and air conditioning eerren 4 84 Cigarette lighter Te E E E R E E 4 107 Climate control air filter cceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 4 91 7 46 Clock Digital a 4 110 Combined instrument see instrument cluster lt e 4 42 Compact Spare A EEE 6 13
318. rview mirror grasp left and right outside rearview mirrors To the housing of the mirror and then fold it adjust the position of either mirror move toward the rear of the vehicle the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the select ed mirror up down left or right After adjustment put the lever into neu tral centre position to prevent the inad vertent adjustment Features of your vehicle A CAUTION In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure Electric Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror press the button To unfold it press the button again CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the LOCK posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary whilst the engine is not run ning Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 3 zj a00 poan 14o ae eee f N kmu h o oo i Ze Re te gt oy oe 1 Tachometer 8 we 2 Turn signal indicators a 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Shift position indicator 7 Odometer 8 Trip Computer 9 Fuel gauge if equipped 1234 56em i This illustration is a sample TripA
319. ry contact an authorised KIA dealer X NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to moisture or stat ic electricity If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the bat tery contact an authorised KIA dealer Features of your vehicle 1 Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces down as indicated in the illustration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal NOTICE e Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery Circuits inside the smart key may develop problems when dropped exposed to moisture or static electrici ty e If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some damage or you feel your smart key is not working correctly contact an autho rised KIA dealer A CAUTION An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Disarmed stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorised entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If
320. ry again eee 1KMB3441 3 Point rear centre belt if equipped To fasten the rear centre belt 1 Extract the tongue plate from the hole on the belt assembly cover and slowly pull the tongue plates out from the retractor N CAUTION Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securely loaded in the rear cargo area Doing not so may damage the rear centre safety belt in sudden stop or certain collisions Safety features of your vehicle There will be an audible click when the tab locks in the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt is adjusted manu ally so that it fits snugly around your hips if you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly OLM039056L 1KMB3443 2 Insert the tongue plate A into the 3 Pull the tongue plate B and insert the open end of the buckle C until an tongue plate B into the open end of audible click is heard indicating the the buckle D until an audible click is latch is locked Make sure the belt is heard indicating the latch is locked not twisted Make sure the belt is not twisted A CAUTION When using the rear centre seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle OLM039057L To
321. ry with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press cluch pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Remove key When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder Insert key If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Shift to P position If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning
322. s WARNING e The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times whilst the vehi cle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact or rollover conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passen ger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Continued 1 Only vehicle is equipped with rollover sen sor Continued Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the sid
323. s Whilst pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade Features of your vehicle OSL040085 Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected x NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windscreen and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment Features of your vehicle OSL040086 OSL040087 OSL040088 Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode The fan speed can be set to the desired Press the A C b
324. s in motion The presence of your hand or arm in the area could cause loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move whilst driving inter fere with the driver and lead to an accident Driving your vehicle Starting the engine Starting the petrol engine if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst starting the engine Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Starting the diesel engine if equipped To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully
325. s lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate x NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Features of your vehicle Power window lock button e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the rear passenger door by depressing the power window lock switch located on the driver s door to LOCK pressed When the power window lock switch is ON the driver s master control cannot operate the rear passenger door power windows CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed AA WARNING Windows NEVER leave the ignition key in the vehicle NEVER leave any child unattend ed in the vehicle Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move entan gle themselves in the windows or otherwise injure themselves or others Always double check to make sure all arms hands
326. s prevent Opening a door from either inside or out side the vehicle once the deadlocks have been activated providing an additional measure of vehicle security To lock the vehicle using the deadlock function the doors must be locked using the smart key or the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter To unlock the vehicle the smart key or the transmitter must be used again To lock a vehicle without using the dead lock function the doors should be locked by pressing the door lock button and closing the doors SA 081040011 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert the key into the child safety lock hole 1 and turn the key to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 3 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked F eatures of your vehicle TAILGATE OSL040012 Opening the tailgate The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocke
327. s specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorised KIA dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte nance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid colour is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed colour CAUTION The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Maintenance om eee Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake lever or pedal and cables
328. s the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Kerb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle kerb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Kerb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers or front passenger s door sill Overloading Driving your vehicle Loading Your Vehicle For Australia The Certification Tyre label is found on CAUTION the front edge of the RH or LH B pillar Do not load your vehicle any heav The label shows the size of your original fer than the GVWR or the maximum tyres and inflation pressures needed to front and rear GAWRs If you do obtain the gross weight capacity of your change to the vehicle may occur or vehicle it can change the way your vehicle This is calle
329. s to connect following order when the Bluetooth system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then PRIORITY in PHONE menu 3 Select desired phone name from the list shown Features of your vehicle e Adjusting Bluetooth Volume Bluetooth system volume can be adjust ed separately from main volume of the audio system 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then BT VOL in PHONE menu 3 Adjust volume to desired level by turn ing the TUNE knob then press the knob to confirm e Turning Bluetooth ON OFF Bluetooth system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth is disabled all the com mands related to Bluetooth system prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth ON or not 1 Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE then BT OFF in PHONE menu m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming message and incoming phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press ZY button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering w
330. saxle fluid level e Check the automatic transaxle P Park function e Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal Maintenance aE eee eee At least monthly e Check the coolant level in the engine At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall At least once a year e Clean the body and door drain holes coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tyres including the spare Check the radiator heater and air con ditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windscreen washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tyres and loose wheel lug nuts Lubricate the door hinges and checks and bonnet hinges Lubricate the door and bonnet locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate the automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals Check the brake fluid level Maintenance e SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the No
331. schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents haga OSLO70015R OSLO070016 H 1 Open the glove box and remove the 2 With the glove box open remove the support strap 1 stoppers on both sides Maintenance a a Sg r 3 Remove the climate control air filter 4 Replace the climate control air filter case whilst pressing the lock on the 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of right of the cover disassembly x NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES Blade replacement 4S CAUTION f When the wipers no longer clean ade To prevent damage to the wiper quately the blades may be worn or blades do not use petrol kerosene cracked and require replacement paint thinner or other solvents on or near them CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly 1JBA5122 H Blade inspection A CAUTION NOTICE The use of a non specified wiper Commercial hot waxes applied by auto blade could result in
332. seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not hazardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre ten sioner seat belts were activated X NOTICE Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates whilst the vehicle is being driven please have an autho rised KIA dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be rep
333. sec onds to activate RDM mode and longer than 0 8 seconds to activate A RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in random sequence e A RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in random sequence 3 HE Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 4 Gua 4 Button e Push button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song e Push button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song e Push button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song e Push button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song e Push button for 0 8 or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 Beg Button Plays first 10 seconds of each song in the DISC To cancel the mode press the button once again Features of your vehicle 6 CD Slot Please face printed side upward and gen tly push in When the ignition switch is on ACC or ON and power is off power is auto matically turned on if the CD is loaded This CDP supports only 12cm CD If VCD Data CD are loaded Reading Error mes sage will appe
334. separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains drag on the ground Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to your country s regulations and that it is prop erly installed and operating correctly If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e Don t tap into your vehicle s brake sys tem Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains electrical connector s lights tyres and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then
335. sic generation iPod Nano Ist 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth interface The device must have audio Bluetooth capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system iPod DEVICE The KIA iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for KIA vehicles The KIA iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your KIA Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod
336. sition Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automatical ly controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and automati cally controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle CAUTION When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Sensor OSL040240L To operate the electric rearview mirror e The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light will illuminat
337. ssary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change Adjust alternator and power steering and water pump drive belt and air conditioner drive belt if equipped Inspect and if necessary correct or replace Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km or before starting a long trip 8 For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items 4 If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards EN228 or equivalents including fuel additives is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized KIA dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE PETROL ENGINE FOR AUSTRALIA amp NEW ZEALAND CONT MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first MAINTENANCE ITEM Valve clearance Vapour hose and fuel filler cap Fuel tank air filter if equipped Vacuum hose for EGR amp throttle body if equipped Fuel filter Fuel lines hoses and connections Inspect Coolant level adjustment and leak every da Cooling system x gt a beei Mose including hoses and cap At first inspect 60 000 km or 48 months after that inspect every 30 000 km or 24 months Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace R Replace or change Inspect for excessive valve nois
338. ssenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tyres have this marking 235 Tyre width in millimeters 55 Aspect ratio The tyre s section height as a percentage of its width R Tyre construction code Radial 18 Rim diameter in inches 98 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tyre can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX18 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 18 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance E Tyre speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tyres The speed rating is part of the tyre size designation on the sidewall of the tyre This symbol corresponds to that tyre s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above 240 km h 149 mph 3 Checking tyre life TIN Tyre Identification Number Any tyres that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tyre should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date
339. ssenger s side plate can easily be seen through the centre pillar gives the vehicle identifica windscreen from outside tion number VIN E F OLMo89009L Specifications amp Consumer information TYRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL E Petrol engine The tyres supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tyre label located on the driver s side centre pillar gives the tyre pressures rec ommended for your vehicle OLM089004 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing KIA MOTORS The Power to Surprise
340. ssipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tyre to degenerate and reduce tyre life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tyre failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Maintenance FUSES Blade type A vehicle s electrical system is protected To from electrical overload damage by E fuses f This vehicle has 3 or 4 fuse panels one Normal Blown located in the drivers side panel bolster the others in the engine compartment and luggage compartment Cartridge type If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using A CAUTION the system involved and immediately Do not use a screwdriver or any consult an authorised KIA dealer other metal object to remove fuses Three kinds of fuses are used blade type _2 cause it may cause a short circuit for lower amperage rating cartridge type and damage the system and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings Normal Blown OLM07
341. ssvasussssinannses 5 53 Driving in flooded areas ssssssssssussvssvessenaesseneusnaeas 5 54 Driving in heran eenean 5 59 E Economical operation sssssssesssesessseesevssseesesseeassanas 5 50 Electric power steering r ee 4 35 Electrochromic mirror ECM eeeeererreeerrssreresrsrereseerenes 4 38 Electronic stability program ESP ESC ererereereeeee 5 35 Emergency Commodity ssssssssnsssssesssssossoasscassseatesens 6 20 Emergency starting ee ee ee 6 4 Jump starting ee ee ee 6 4 Push starting ee E 6 5 Emergency tailgate safety Vassar ee 4 21 Emergency towing E E E T 6 17 Emergency whilst driving sssssssssssssesssseneisenessasaeas 6 2 Emission control SYSTEM errrrrrrrrrerrrreerereeereeereeerereeeeeeeeees 7 91 Crankcase emission control system eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 7 91 Evaporative emission control System eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 91 Exhaust emission control system veeererererereeeeeee 7 92 1 4 Engine COMPALtMENt 11 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeens 2 4 7 2 Engine Coolant Seria n A 7 37 Engine number seniii iiia k g 8 Engine gil ssissssssssosesseserssiseesvessssasaonsentarssnasssosevessseensaaneans 7 36 Engine overheats ssssesessenssrecsnssesrsrsvssosovebenseneaeneaaeas 6 6 Engine start stop Dio Cr rc rr er 5 8 Engine temperature gauge verrerrrseereeeeeeeeeeee eee e ete t eee eeeeeees 4 44 Engine will emi Ne ee ee 6 3 Evaporative emission control system eeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeee 7 91 Exhaust emission co
342. t passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child WARNING e Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it e Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it can cause serious or fatal injuries e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and or curtain air bags be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and securely lock the child restraint system in position Inflation of side and or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child Safety features of your vehicle The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components whilst the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out eo 544 W7 147 2 OKM039160R Q Air ba
343. t protec tion front seat occupants and outboard rear occupants should sm i Fa if n E A E E OLMo032311N Curtain air bag if equipped seat belts properly fastened s Ie sit in an upright position with the KIA dealer Curtain air bags are located along both Importantly children should sit in Failure to follow the above instruc sides of the roof rails above the front and a proper child restraint system in tions can result in injury or death to rear doors the rear seat the vehicle occupants in an acci They are designed to help protect the Continued dent heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module Rollover sensor if equipped 2 Front impact sensor 3 Side impact sensor if equipped Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Do not hit or allow any objects to impact t
344. t provide additional occupant protection NOTICE if equipped with rollover sensor However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate in a rollover when it is detected by the rollover sensor NOTICE without rollover sensor However side and or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags Safety features of your vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care Continued The SRS is virtually maintenance free WARNING and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorised KIA dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel the front passenger s panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorised KIA dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury e Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SR
345. tails Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these c
346. tected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and or outside fresh air position are not selected auto matically press the corresponding button manually Features of your vehicle eae To defrost outside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically OSL040091 Automatic climate control system To defog inside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button WY 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly adjust the corresponding button man ually If the Y position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed To defrost outside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button W 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle
347. teering wheel is turned on If you turn on the ignition again after turn off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating sys tem will be maintained in its on condi tion CAUTION e Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic sol vent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel com ponents could occur OSL040026 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bols on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly X NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the centre view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving OAM049023 Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and whilst the day night lever is in the day po
348. tems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely whilst driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tem
349. ter may not register additional fuel if less than 6 litres 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available E Type A E Type B OSL040206L Average speed if equipped km h or MPH This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going whilst the engine is running Pressing the RESET button when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero E Type A E Type B OSL040207L Driving time if equipped This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going whilst the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 00 00 Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Outside 18 5 C OSL040208L Outside thermometer if equipped This mode indicates the outside temper ature around the vehicle The meter s working range is from 40 0 C to 80 C 40 F to 176 F To cha
350. th cornering E ee eee 5 53 Gaile EE O EE EE E T E 33 Speedometer ernas aan aE EA 4 43 a EE A E I E E E E E Ti Sports MOE mea E 5 19 Folding liishistl Qielik Ooo or 3 14 Starting difficulties see engine will not start eee 6 3 Front seat adjustment manual et ce 3 4 Starting the engine PS EA E EERS A a a 5 5 5 11 Front seat adjustment POWET seeeereeseseerreeerereereeeeeeeeeees 3 5 Steering ss ee ee ee ee 4 35 Peace ele sree rece whccerneseitcrene E eect 3 7 3 12 TOE E cece pesca E E E 4 37 Lumbar SUppOrt seerrrreerreseerererreerrrrerereerereesesesssessseeesenees 3 7 Power steering ee re ee 4 35 i8 Tilt steering ee et ee ree 4 36 Steering wheel audio Control sssssersnsssseesavssevcasseess 4 116 Storage COMpartMEnt MCE 4 104 Centre console S KO 8 0 ot 4 104 CE cr N eee eee 4 104 Sunglass holder ssessssesessasacsvsasavencsoastasneasvasavess 4 105 Sunroof see panorama sunroof s ssssesssssasevaveacnessens 4 31 a a EEPE EEE E EA O EA E TNTE 4 108 T ET LIENO IEEE IEA EA A AE N 4 43 Tailgate a 4 20 Emergency tailgate safety release eereeererereeeeeeee 4 21 Tether anchor SYSTEM eee 3 35 Theft alarm SYSTEM RE 4 12 Tie down hook aurrien enan ai 6 19 Tilt steering Se E ee T E 4 36 TOWING e S 6 15 Emergency towin Joreeereeresereeeseeeesseesseeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeereees 6 17 Removable towing hook s tssssssvesssssssseassarasassseesnnens 6 16 Tie down hook for flatbed towing eeeeeeeeeeereeee 6 19 Trailer towing is
351. th ing capacity shown on the sidewall Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tyre Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary more than one compact spare tyre in use at the same time of the compact spare tyre Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tyre diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tyre and reduces the ground clearance approximately 2 5 cm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash whilst the com pact spare tyre is installed Do not use tyre chains on the com pact spare tyre Because of the smaller size a tyre chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tyre should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tyre on any other vehicle because this tyre has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tyre s tread life is shorter than a regular tyre Inspect your compact spare tyre regularly and replace worn com pact spare tyres with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tyre should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tyres snow tyres wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or
352. the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door han dle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime sounds if any of the following occurs e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the tailgate is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 0 7 m 28 in from the front out side door handle other people can also open a door without possession of the smart key Tailgate unlocking If you are within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a s
353. the button 2 and move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorised KIA dealer immediately Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position If the ignition switch is in any other position the key cannot be removed Good driving practices e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed e Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear when moving e Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle e Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving e Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose tr
354. the front bumper under cover X NOTICE If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorised KIA dealer OSL070049L Side repeater light replacement Type A 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the mirror from the assembly 2 Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a Phillips screwdriver Maintenance i OSL070045 N OSL070033 3 Remove the lamp assembly and dis Type B Rear combination light bulb connect the power connector 1 Remove the light assembly from the replacement 4 Install a new lamp vehicle by prying the lens and pulling 1 Stop and tail light 5 Reinstall the light assembly in the the assembly out 2 Back up light reverse order of removal 2 Disconnect the bulb electrical connec 3 Rear turn signal light or 4 Rear fog light if equipped 3 Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 5 Insert a new bulb in the socket 6 Reassemble the socket and the lens part 7 Connect the bulb electrical connector 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Maintenance OSL070035 Outside light 1 Open the tailgate 2 Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head screwdriver 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the
355. the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the SS ee appropriate child restraint hook holder VSLosno25N and tighten to secure the child restraint Securing a child restraint seat with seat tether anchorage system if equipped Child restraint hook holders are located on the back of the rear seatbacks Safety features of your vehicle WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not prop erly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manu facturer s instructions for installa tion and use 4X WARNING Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury AX WARNING Child restraint anchorage Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harness
356. the nozzle toward the base of the fire 3 Stand approximately 2 5 m 8 ft away from the fire and squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher If you release the handle the discharge will stop 4 Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the fire After the fire appears to be out watch it carefully since it may re ignite First aid kit There are some items such as scissors bandage and adhesive tape and etc in the kit to give first aid to an injured per son Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emer gencies such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any prob lems Tyre pressure gauge If equipped Tyres normally lose some air in day to day use and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tyre but of normal wear Always check tyre pressure when the tyres are cold because tyre pressure increases with temperature To check the tyre pressure take the fol lowing steps 1 Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tyre 2 Press and hold the gauge against the tyre valve Some air will escape as you begin and more will escape if you don t press the gauge in firmly 3 A firm non leaking push will activate the gauge 4 Read the tyre pressure on the gauge to know whether the tyre pressure is low or high 5 Adjust the tyre pressures to the speci f
357. this time if you press the door unlock button again or door lock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights will turn off immediately Features of your vehicle OBK049045N OXM0491 10 OXM049110R 1 OXM049110R OBK049046N OAM049041 OAM049041R OAM049041 R 1 The actual feature may differ from the illustration Parking light position 200 oe When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st posi Lighting control tion the tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle iY i r OBK049047N OAM049042 0AM049042R OAM049042R 1 OSL040057L OSL040057 OSL040057R OSL040057R 1 Headlight position 20 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle x NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Never place anything over the sensor 1 locate
358. tment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OLM079002R Maintenance i MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorised KIA dealer perform this work An authorised KIA dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine KIA parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorised KIA dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility x NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Maintenance book Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicl
359. trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and engine bonnet are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door tailgate or engine bonnet remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors tail gate and engine bonnet are closed the hazard warning lights blink once e Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try again to lock the doors If tailgate or engine bonnet remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the tailgate or engine bonnet The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms Features of your vehicle x NOTICE The theft alarm system by the key can b
360. trol knob clockwise or counterclockwise BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise whilst to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle Using CD Player 1 LAS Button CD or AUX e f an auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX mode from the other mode to play the sounds from the aux iliary player e f the CD is loaded turns to CD mode and if a device is connected to AUX then it toggles in the order of CD AUX CD when the button is pressed each time It will not turn to AUX if the auxil lary device is not connected 2 SEH Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8
361. ts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an autho rised KIA dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tyre from rattling whilst the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tyre if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tyre This compact spare tyre takes up less space than a reg ular size tyre This tyre is smaller than a conventional tyre and is designed for temporary use only When using a compact spare tyre observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tyre Ensure that you drive slowly enough to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare tyre could result in tyre failure loss should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat of vehicle control and possible proper conventional tyre and ed to 420 kPa 60 psi personal injury rim at the first opportunity e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi e The operation of this vehicle NOTICE mum load rating or the load carry is not recommended wi
362. turned off with the button CAUTION Driving with varying tyre or wheel sizes may cause the ESP system to malfunction When replacing tyres make sure they are the same size as your original tyres ESP OFF usage When driving e ESP should be turned on for daily driv ing whenever possible e To turn ESP off whilst driving press the ESP OFF button whilst driving on a flat road surface X NOTICE e When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESP is turned off ESP OFF light illuminat ed If the ESP is left on it may pre vent the vehicle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis Turning the ESP off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle Electronic stability control ESC If equipped The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering manoeuvres ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle Some countries use the term ESC Electronic stability control instead of ESP Please refer to the term your country use The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road
363. uddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorised KIA dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorised KIA dealer X NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e f warm air to the floor is desired whilst defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windscreen rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the bonnet and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OSL040089 heater and defroster efficiency and to Manual climate control system reduce the probability of fogging up the To defog inside windscreen Sia one a 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the 2 or WY position 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the de
364. uid Serious injury or death could occur PARKING BRAKE ee ie S OLM059014R Checking the parking brake Type A Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg 44 lb 196N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorised KIA dealer Stroke 4 5 notch Maintenance FUEL FILTER FOR DIESEL Draining water from the fuel filter The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an CAUTION important role of separating water from If the water accumulated in the fuel fuel and accumulating the water in its filter is not drained at proper times bottom damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by If water accumulates in the fuel filter the water permeation in the fuel filter warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position If this warning light illuminates take your car to an authorised KIA dealer and have drain the water and checked the system Type B Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard whilst fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorised KIA de
365. ur vehicle could result if the caution is ignored X NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS Petrol engine Unleaded For Europe For the optimal vehicle performance we recommend you to use unleaded petrol which complies with EN 228 and has an octane rating of RON Research Octane Number 95 AKI Anti Knock Index 91 or higher You may use unleaded petrol with an octane rating of RON 91 94 AKI 87 90 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the vehicle Except Europe Your new KIA vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of RON Research Octane Number 91 AKI Anti Knock Index 87 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimise exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the engine control sys tem s oxygen sensor and affect emission control Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorised KIA dealer for details Leaded if equipped For some countries your vehicle is designed to use leaded petrol When you are going to use leaded petrol ask an authorised KIA dealer whether leaded petrol in your vehicle is available or not Octane Rating
366. utch pedal and brake pedal then press the ENGINE START STOP with the shift lever in the N Neutral position e With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position X NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the clutch pedal for manual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the ENGINE START STOP button changes as follow OFF ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC X NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge WARNING e Never press the ENGINE START STOP button whilst the vehicle is in motion This would result in loss of directional con trol and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Continued Continued e Never reach for the ENGINE START STOP button or any other controls through the steering wheel whilst the vehicle i
367. utton to turn the air con Press the front blower OFF button to turn speed by operating the fan speed control ditioning system on indicator light will off the front air climate control system switch illuminate However you can still operate the mode To change the fan speed press the Press the button again to turn the air Nd air intake buttons as long as the igni switch for higher speed or push V conditioning system off tion switch is in the ON position the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the front blower OFF button Features of your vehicle System operation tips To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the venti lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windscreen Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind screen set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning system operation tips All KIA Air Conditioning Sys
368. ve power when driving on wet pavement snow covered roads and or off road The 4WD LOCK indicator light is turned off by pushing the button again A CAUTION Do not use 4WD LOCK mode on dry paved roads or highway it can cause noise vibration or damage of 4WD related parts Features of your vehicle Turn signal indicator lt The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on Charging system warning light E This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates whilst the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorised KIA dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Low fuel level warning light This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel le
369. ve the lever to this MIST V position and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position OFF O Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO 1 Normal wiper speed HI 2 Fast wiper speed x NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windscreen defrost the windscreen for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windscreen wipers to ensure proper operation Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windscreen glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF O position when the wiper is not in use CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windscreen wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body Do not touch the upper end of the windscreen glass facing the rain sensor Do not
370. vehicle E Features of your vehice EN E oe O E What todo in an emergency E Specifications amp Consumer information J eee eee eee eee gst e e e e e ss Index Index A I Air a E 3 42 Air bag warning label cccceceeeeesenettnneeeeeeeeees 3 60 Air bag warning light ccccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 45 A UI AN ait DAL sioeronia ca act renisenaepowmnaencessatentscavow aei 3 52 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 0 008 3 48 Side Mpat ai AG socaire i 3 50 Aleances E A S 7 44 Alarm system sssssssesssesseavasonesonnnvsssnssssevesevonnaonneueannasss 4 12 All wheel drive AWD see four wheel lak on Aid D Ce eee een ea ener cree ee 5 23 aah eae sown nba area beac cet E 4 115 Anti lock brake system ABS s ssssvemscussseaeaeaasas 5 33 APPCALANCE CALE seuseerersssasssversseerssssaseseseversuoaousenesananes 7 85 Exterior care ceee oe re er a 7 85 Interior care ee riens ine tiss st iE nEn E Enake 7 90 Pepi L EEEE NIERE ENIE AA ETE TA AET A AT y aa A 4 107 Audio Systemi esre reena en e OTRE 4 115 T T EE TAE EEEN OE VEE TT 4 115 Aux USB and 1POd seecceeetsesertsonteessesnantrsscanrecangecrotes 4 117 Steering wheel audio control 111 eee 4 116 Automatic climate control SYSTEM irrrrtrrererereessesrssseeeeeeee 4 92 Air conditioning s ssvsssssssssarssssrarssrnnaseavarasososoensns 4 98 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4
371. vel below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped KEY OUT indicator if equipped KEY OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off whilst the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle or insert it in the smart key holder Features of your vehicle LCD display warning if equipped Key not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC ON or START position the warn ing illuminates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illumi nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds Low key battery If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the batte
372. vers door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock automatically e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter or smart key if equipped Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely x NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of your vehicle OSL040008R e To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi tion and close the door 3 e If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically x NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle If the inner door handle of the driver s or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and an
373. w height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counter clockwise If not the antenna may be damaged e When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep tion But it could be removed OHM048154 when parking the vehicle or when Antenna loading cargo on the roof rack e When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception Roof antenna Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast sig nals This antenna is removable To remove the antenna turn it counterclock wise To install the antenna turn it clock wise Features of your vehicle OSL040235L The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Steering wheel audio controls if equipped The steering wheel audio control button is installed to promote safe driving CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously VOLUME VOL 1 e Push up the lever to increase volume e Push down the lever to decrease vol ume SEEK PRESET 2 The SEEK PRESET button has different functions base on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 seconds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button CDC mode if equipp
374. w will change as follows OFF HIGH a LOW stile AMM MITTIN e The seat warmer with air ventilation defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on N CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats whilst the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and turn the seat warmer off In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passen gers Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OSL030014 Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s and driver s seatbacks WARN
375. when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance E Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fumes or cosmetic oils from coming into contact with the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do come in contact with the dash board wipe off immediately If necessary use a vinyle cleaner see instructions for correct usage CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical el
376. windscreen are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tyres Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis at the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in section 7 Maintenance WARNING Driving whilst distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The driver s pri mary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle systems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permis sible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and mak
377. xt display and can be turned On Off through the sound quality control knob e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control This function automatically adjusts the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle and can be turned On Off through the sound quality control knob e PBass Power Bass Based on psychoacoustic technology this technology overcomes Bass limitations which may occur due to the limited num ber and size of speakers to offer dynamic BASS sound quality It is possible to adjust in 3 levels of LOW MID HIGH Off Low Mid High AM mode is not supported Features of your vehicle e Media Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e Return f This function displays the previous MODE screen e PHONE if equipped Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information K PHONE menu is not available if the audio does not support Bluetooth features PA760SLG_RADIO 10 Ze Knob amp AUAA Button Turn this control whilst listening to a radio channel to manually adjust frequency Turn clockwise to increase frequency and counterclockwise to reduce frequency Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio con
378. y Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology E Phone Setup All Bluetooth related operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the SETUP button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE item by rotating the TUNE knob then push the knob E CD Player PA710SLG E CD Changer PA760SLG 3 Select desired item by rotating the TUNE knob then push the knob PAi Features of your vehicle e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth features the phone must be paired registered with the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system x NOTICE The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio sys tem refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select PHONE PHONE menu 3 The audio displays searching passkey 0000 4 Search the Bluetooth system on your phone Your phone should display your vehicle model name on the Bluetooth device list Then attempt pairing on your phone then PAIR in X NOTICE e If the phone is paired with two or
379. y front door is opened if equipped e Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened if equipped OSL040009R Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward Features of your vehicle 4 OSL040010R With central door lock switch Operate by pressing the central door lock switch When pressing the front portion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked whilst the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows
380. y fuel additives or treatments that are not recom mended or approved by the vehi cle manufacturer VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher centre of gravity than other types of vehicles In other words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles Avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres Again failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guide lines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e Whilst driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute within 3 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first
381. y or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electric devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety be careful not to damage Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter e
382. ystem The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapours from escaping into the atmos phere Maintenance E Canister Fuel vapours generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapours absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions whilst maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safet

OWNER`S MANUAL - Ryedale Garages

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents